The Lean Production Building Kit System 4

Comprehensive Catalogue
 Build what lean production needs – the simple way

2
The Lean Production Building Kit System
Optimised for lean production! Aluminium Profile Tube System
D30 is ideal for building dependable factory equipment:
■ Fastening technology with a long-term hold

■ Rapid assembly and modifications possible at all times

■ ESD safety for sensitive workpieces

Efficient material handling and FIFO racks

Ensure production runs smoothly! Adapt your fixtures and
equipment to containers and any workpieces:
■ Wide range of roller conveyors and accessories

■ Option of automatic loading and unloading

■ Support for continuous improvement

Mechanical automation to take the strain

This is how to do more! Karakuri/LCA makes processes more
efficient and takes the strain off staff:
■ Use of gravity instead of drive technology

■ Space-saving integration into benches and trolleys

■ Improved ergonomics and support for the workforce

Work ergonomically everywhere

Integrated work benches in a few quick steps! Countless
accessories help you design customised workstations:
■ Clear organisation for tools and materials

■ Construction of lightweight and mobile work benches

■ Compatibility with other item building kit systems

Efficient transport trolleys and tugger trains

It’s all about that material flow! Transport trolleys for intralogistics
withstand day-to-day stresses and strains:
■ The perfect castors and drawbars for every task

■ The ideal solution for the goods being moved, whatever their size

■ Material transport by hand or using tugger trains

3
 Contents

Profiles and accessories

Profile Tubes D30 14
Profiles 6 D30 22
Tubes D30 24
Protective coverings 28
Accessories 27

Fasteners
Fastener D30 36
Ball Joint Fastener D30 49
Butt Fastener D30 51
Fastener D30, internal 54
End Connector 60
Adapter D30 60

Fastening elements
Threaded Inserts D30 72
Multiblock D30 77
Fastening elements for panels 78
Panel-Fixing Profiles 78
Table-Top Fastening Set D30 82
Spring Clip D30 85
Brackets D30 86

Floor elements
Castors 90
Swivel Locks 97
Flange Plate 99
Knuckle Feet 101

4
Material flow
Overview of item roller conveyors 105
Roller Conveyors St D30 122
Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 138
Roller Conveyors 6 40x40 E D30 146
Roller Conveyors 6 80x40 E D30 155
Roller Conveyor 8 D30 167
Conveyor Rollers TR30 179
Accessories 182

Low-cost automation – the mechanical solution

Plain Bearing 196
Pivot Bearing Set 199
Shock Absorber 205
Cable components 208
Rotary Latch System 211
Braking Roller Set 215
Tool Balancers 216
Release Unit 218

Lean work bench design

Container Profile 225
Hook and Holder Adapter 228
Monitor Mounting Joint VESA 230
Cable Guide Profile 231
Universal Holder 232
Labels 233

Technical data
Profiles and accessories 240
Roller conveyors 242
Mounting dimensions of Roller Conveyors St and Al 244
Complementary elements from the MB Building Kit System 246
Overview of popular components 247

5
 Other item product lines

One principle, unlimited possibilities. The item product lines can be easily combined
and used alongside each other. For instance, compatible components and adapters en-
sure that a frame built using profiles from the MB Building Kit System can be used with
Profile Tubes from the Lean Production Building Kit System on a bench from the Work
Bench System. Separate catalogues can be downloaded or ordered for the various
product lines.
item reviews and extends its product range on a regular basis. You can always find all
the latest information on new and existing products on our website: item24.com

MB Building Kit System Work Bench System Automation System

The item MB Building Kit System is the The item Work Bench System makes man- The item Automation System comprises
solution for all design and construction ual production in industrial environments high-performance, ready-to-install Linear
tasks involving factory equipment engi- more productive. Everything centres on Units. An item linear motion unit® consists
neering. It can be used to build everything robust, height-adjustable work benches of a Linear Unit, Motor, Gearbox and Con-
from simple frames to fully automated that can be extended with Uprights, Pivot troller. When using selection and design
production lines. The modular compo- Arms and picking solutions. Meanwhile, software item MotionDesigner®, all com-
nents are the basis for profile frames, conveyor lines and SystemMobile supply ponents can be customised to suit your
racks, enclosures, guards and electric and trolleys help move materials from A to B. application precisely. The turnkey system
pneumatic solutions. Universal fastening The end results are versatile and adapt- is delivered in the length required and is
and opening elements enable users to able solutions for production, assembly ready for use straight away. This reduces
build doors, hatches and solid panels. and laboratory applications. The item overall costs significantly. A wide range of
Reliability and extendibility ensure that all Work Bench System is the first complete different drive elements etc. is available to
constructions have a long useful life. system to carry the AGR seal of approval suit all requirements.
for its end-to-end ergonomics.

item24.de/en/epaper-mb item24.de/en/epaper-wbs item24.de/en/epaper-au

6
 All the information you need at your fingertips
item product catalogues are available online as clearly
laid out and convenient e-papers. Take your pick and get
browsing!

Line XMS Stairway / Platform System Online tools

Perfectly tailored machine cabins: Line The Stairway / Platform System is the Better than thumbing through catalogues,
XMS can be used to build the ideal specialist for building regulation-compliant putting together drawings and carrying
machine frame for any working process bridges, safe maintenance platforms and out calculations, software and online
with ease. The highly practical Line XMS all-round working platforms. As a result, tools from item help you engineer custom
profiles feature integrated functions staff can reach every corner of a machine solutions in record time. Intelligent confi-
such as cable conduits and special seal or plant and work there safely. The solu- gurators know the components inside out
grooves for creating dust-tight, noise-ab- tions can be configured to suit the space and the online tools ensure that everything
sorbing doors. Frames can be built with available, with components used on a free- comes together perfectly – from design
four, six or eight sides. Process levels can standing basis or seamlessly integrated through optimisation to commissioning.
be partitioned off to make servicing easy. into a machine frame. The end results are Digital engineering speeds up planning
The smooth outer surfaces are very easy reliable and uniform stairways, guard-rails and coordination thanks to personal
to clean and meet the highest design and platforms that satisfy all requirements project memories, parts lists, CAD data
standards. in terms of ergonomics and safety. and 3D PDFs. The online tools include the
Engineeringtool, item MotionDesigner®
and the Work Bench Configurator.

item24.de/en/epaper-xm item24.de/en/epaper-tp item24.de/en/configurators

7
 Lean production with the item online tools

item Engineeringtool
Build lean – on screen! The rules-based functions of the item Engineeringtool
prevent errors and bring the benefits of 3D design to lean production. Thanks
to its intelligent documentation, the online software also simplifies the task of
standardising factory equipment.
Since the item Engineeringtool knows the technical properties of the compo-
nents, it puts profiles together with the correct fasteners. Improvements can
be made to constructions in the space of a few minutes. For example, if the
position of a profile in a material supply rack is changed, the software auto-
matically adjusts the length and angle of inclination on the connected roller
conveyors. This saves time and prevents errors. Of course, components
from the Lean Production Building Kit System and the MB Building Kit
System can also be used together in the item Engineeringtool.
Thanks to a consistent digital process chain from design through to
assembly, your solution is documented in full and can be ordered
directly through the item Online Shop. Project data, parts lists and
assembly guides are available worldwide. You can use the item
Engineeringtool with a web browser, without having to install any
software: item24.de/en/engineeringtool

8
item Academy

Just-in-time learning! The item Academy shares engineering expertise through online courses, step-by-
step guides and explanatory videos relating to mechanical engineering and the item product world.
This free online learning platform offers in-depth training courses and know-how for immediate use,
covering topics such as lean principles and value-stream mapping. The various modules and units
differ in terms of how long they take to complete, their focus and technical detail. Registered item
customers can choose from three different categories:
• Online training courses are ideal when you want to understand the basics and know how to put
them into practice.
• Product guides are step-by-step guides that use pictures and videos to explain how to use item
components. All the guides can be followed right at the work bench.
• Practical tips are tried-and-tested methods that offer simpler and more elegant solutions for every-
day tasks. They include time-saving tricks and insider techniques from the professionals.
The content in the item Academy is available round the clock on the internet and in six languages:
academy.item24.com

9
 item design & awards

10
Quality and design

Nothing is more important than reliability. That’s why designers put their trust
in products from item. We place a great deal of value on quality management
throughout every stage of production. All our components pass through a thor-
ough programme of testing before they can move on from the design stage.
Existing product lines are also subject to repeated testing.
For item, good design means utilising physical principles to find the optimum
technical solution. The result is a range of products that are both elegant and
functional. And that is why item regularly wins top design awards.

11
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Profiles and accessories

Easy to install and boasting long-term reliability in use – One thing all these profiles have in common is how easy
the tubes and profiles of the Lean Production Building Kit they are to machine. Profiles and tubes can be cut to length
System are made of lightweight and corrosion-resistant on site without having to use any special tools. Fastening
aluminium. The optimised design of Profile Tube System elements using external clamping technology compensate
D30 delivers a high load-carrying capacity while the ability for tolerances and minor angular errors, thereby eliminating
to reuse and augment parts ensures outstanding cost the need for further machining. Thanks to the versatile item
efficiency. fasteners, you can extend constructions at any time. As a
There are also profiles for special applications with equally result, the Lean Production Building Kit System supports
special features such as heavy-duty profiles with increased the principle of continuous improvement.
bending strength, a tube made of 70 percent wood that is Due to the long-term stability offered by the combination
permeable to electromagnetic waves and an especially light of fasteners and profiles, the Lean Production Building
carbon tube. Coloured profiles are also available alongside Kit System is also ideal for building transport trolleys and
the natural metal versions and can be used to provide Karakuri/LCA applications.
a clear indication of where one area starts and another
finishes.

12
 PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Products in this section

Profile Tubes D30 Anti-Torsion Blocks D30 Profile Tubes D30 heavy Double Profile Tube Profile Tube D40/D30
◾ Profile contour ensures ◾ Position profiles in the duty D30-60 ◾ Increased diameter
connections hold secure desired orientation ◾ Reinforced wall for even ◾ Unbroken aluminium web ◾ For Karakuri/LCA appli-
◾ In six more colours ◾ Prevent misalignment of more rigidity ◾ Highly rigid thanks to two cations
accessories ◾ High load-carrying capacity connected Profile Tubes
and bending strength

14 16 17 19 20

Profile Tube 8 D30 Profile 6 D30 Tube D30 Tube KH D30 Tube D30x1.5 CFRP
◾ Profile Tube with Line 8 ◾ Up to four full Line 6 ◾ Smooth, strong aluminium ◾ 70 percent wood compos- ◾ Made from carbon
groove grooves tube without grooves ite material ◾ Extremely rigid and light
◾ Easy to connect compo- ◾ Easy to connect acces- ◾ Low dead weight ◾ Metal free and neutral to ◾ High-end look
nents from the MB and sories electromagnetic waves
Work Bench Systems

21 22 24 25 26

Protective Profiles D30 Protective Covers D30 Tube Protector D30 Cover Profile, Profile Tube Tube End Caps D30
R28-90° ◾ Shock-absorbing cladding ◾ All-round foam sheathing D30 ◾ Safe covering for cut edges
◾ Permanently flexible protec- for Fastener D30 ◾ Simple protection against ◾ Covers over the grooves of ◾ Also suitable as impact
tion that clips on ◾ Retrofittable and leaves no scratches a Profile Tube D30 buffer in Karakuri/LCA
◾ Also with black/yellow trace when removed ◾ For clean, closed surfaces applications
warning markings

27 28 30 31 32

Compatible Caps can be found alongside the relevant Profiles and Tubes.

13
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Profile Tubes D30

■ Profile contour with four undercut flanks
■ Optimum connection options
■ Available in six more colours

&4%

Optimised for lean production! It is the special geometry of Pro-

file Tube D30 that makes this product so versatile. It features
four smooth, undercut flanks, each of which is enveloped by
a Fastener D30, resulting in a mechanically locked connec-
tion with a strong and lasting hold. Struts can be separately
fastened to all four of the flanks.
Profile Tubes D30 are made of durable and lightweight alumini-
um and can be easily cut to the desired length.
Profile Tubes D30 are also available in six more colours to help
staff find their way around quickly and offer a striking way
to differentiate between areas or components. The silk-matt
powder-coating is abrasion resistant. The anodized Profile
Tube D30 and the black powder-coated Profile Tube D30 are
ESD safe.
Note: The anodized Profile Tube D30 can be ordered in three
standard lengths: 3000, 4000 and 6000 mm. Alternatively, &4%
you can order custom cut-offs that have been sawn to size with
millimetre precision.
Tip:
Cap, Tube D30 can be used to cover over sharp
outer edges for extra protection.

Permissible loads for constructions built with

F[N] q[N/m] Tube D30.
1500

1250
The diagram shows the permitted load in
1000
q relation to support span a. It is based on the
750 maximum permissible deflection set by item,
F which is 1/100 of the support span. When
500
designing rack structures, please observe the
250 limit values set out in the relevant statutory
0 regulations (e.g. DGUV regulation 108-007 in
500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 Germany).
a[mm]

14
 PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

&4%
Profile Tube D30
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
1.97 0.53 1.71 1.71 2.44 1.14 1.14
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.628.28
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.628.17
natural, 1 pce., length 4000 mm 0.0.684.90
natural, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.660.44

Profile Tube D30

Al, powder-coated
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
1.97 0.53 1.71 1.71 2.44 1.14 1.14
red similar to RAL 3020, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.643.22
red similar to RAL 3020, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.643.14
yellow similar to RAL 1021, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.643.23
yellow similar to RAL 1021, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.643.15
green similar to RAL 6024, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.643.24
green similar to RAL 6024, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.643.16
blue similar to RAL 5017, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.643.25
blue similar to RAL 5017, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.643.17
white similar to RAL 9016, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.643.27
white similar to RAL 9016, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.643.19

&4%
Profile Tube D30 ESD
Al, powder-coated
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
1.97 0.53 1.71 1.71 2.44 1.14 1.14
black similar to RAL 9005, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.643.29
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.643.21

⌀30 Cap, Tube D30

PA-GF
3

m = 4.6 g
15

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.629.78

&4%
Cap, Tube D30 ESD
PA-ESD
m = 4.6 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.637.04

15
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Anti-Torsion Blocks 6 D30

■ Fix the orientation of Profile Tubes D30 and Profiles 6 D30
■ Prevent incorrect positioning of accessories
■ No screws required

Stay in alignment: Anti-Torsion Blocks 6 D30 ensure that

Profile Tubes D30 and Profiles 6 D30 are always oriented
perfectly inside Fasteners D30 that use external clamping
technology. This helps make sure accessories end up in the
right place. Anti-Torsion Block 6 D30-45° makes it easier to
connect diagonal struts at an angle of 45° by positioning the
profile flanks perfectly.

6 Anti-Torsion Block 6 D30

PA-GF
6
m = 1.4 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.630.39

6 Anti-Torsion Block 6 D30-45°

PA-GF
6 m = 1.4 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.630.40

16
 PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Profile Tube D30-45° heavy duty

Profile Tube D30 heavy duty
■ Reinforced wall for excellent rigidity
■ Space-saving way to boost rigidity in structures
■ For 45° or 90° connections

&4%

Exceptionally stable construction: Profile Tubes D30 heavy

duty are used when there are demanding requirements for low
profile deflection or increased rigidity. Their reinforced wall is
also ideal for using high-strength Threaded Inserts. There are
two designs to choose from:
Profile Tube D30 heavy duty (0.0.642.34) has four flanks and
matches the contour of Profile Tube D30. A narrow channel
running down the groove ensures the profile can be readily
identified as a heavy-duty variant, even after it has been
installed.
By contrast, Profile Tube D30-45° heavy duty (0.0.683.34) has
a total of eight grooves. This means users can attach struts
at an angle of 45° without requiring special fasteners. In fact,
even 90° and 135° connections can be combined at the same
intersection point. All fastening principles continue to apply
in full. All fasteners and components can be used in the same
way as usual.
Cap, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty can be fitted to both profile
variants and is available in grey and black (ESD safe).

45°
Ø15.8

20

Permissible loads for constructions built with

a F[N] q[N/m] Profile Tube D30-45° heavy duty and Profile
1750 Tube D30 heavy duty.
1500
1250 The diagram shows the permitted load in
q 1000
q relation to support span a. It is based on the
F maximum permissible deflection set by item,
750
which is 1/100 of the support span. When
500 designing rack structures, please observe the
F 250 limit values set out in the relevant statutory
0 regulations (e.g. DGUV regulation 108-007 in
500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 Germany).
a[mm]

17
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Ø15.8 Profile Tube D30-45° heavy duty

&4%

Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
3.83 1.03 2.46 2.46 3.58 1.69 1.69
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.683.34
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.683.04
natural, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.690.30

⌀ Profile Tube D30 heavy duty

&4%

Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
4.67 1.21 3.06 3.06 5.00 2.04 2.04
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.642.34
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.642.33
natural, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.683.18

⌀ Cap, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty

PA-GF
m = 3.0 g
16

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.648.68

&4%
Cap, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty ESD
PA-ESD
m = 3.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.649.35

18
 PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Double Profile Tube D30-60

■ Highly rigid thanks to two connected Profile Tubes
■ Unbroken aluminium web

&4%

It takes two! Double Profile Tube D30-60 consists of two Pro- Tip:
file Tubes D30 that are connected by an unbroken aluminium Cap, Tube D30 can be used
web. The web considerably increases rigidity compared to two to cover over sharp outer
Profile Tubes D30 that are not connected. edges for extra protection.
Double Profile Tube D30-60 is perfect for use as a long hori-
zontal beam in racks. It can also be installed as a vertical strut
or load-bearing rib under a worksurface.
Note: Fastener D30 T1 (0.0.687.84), which has a narrow
gap at the side, is used to connect the profile tube via its end
face. Fastener D30, internal (0.0.669.52) can be used to
create a smooth 90° connection that has a lower load-carrying
capacity.

a Permissible loads for constructions built with

F[N] q[N/m] Double Profile Tube D30-60.
5000
L = a-40
4000

q 3000
q
2000
F
1000

0
500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750
a[mm]
F
0.0.687.84 0.0.682.60 The diagram shows the permitted load in relation
to support span a. It is based on the maximum
permissible deflection set by item, which is
Calculating the necessary length of Double Profile Tube D30- 1/100 of the support span. When designing
60 when using Fastener D30 T1 and Fastener D30, internal. rack structures, please observe the limit values
set out in the relevant statutory regulations (e.g.
DGUV regulation 108-007 in Germany).

Ø30 Double Profile Tube D30-60

&4%

Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
4.54 1.22 39.37 3.43 4.95 8.75 2.29
2
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.682.60
30

60
90

natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.681.55

19
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Profile Tube D40/D30

■ Increased diameter
■ For mechanical automation
■ Uses Tube D30 as an axle

&4%

The specialist for mechanical automation: Profile Tube D40/

D30 is used with two Plain Bearing Sleeves D40/D30 ESD as
a moving bearing component. It is slotted over a Tube D30 or a
Profile Tube D30.
Despite the increased diameter, the outer profile contour
features flanks that are compatible with all Fasteners D30.

Plain Bearing Sleeve 196

D40/D30 ESD

&4%
Profile Tube D40/D30
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
2.45 0.66 3.88 3.88 5.68 1.94 1.94
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.666.63
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.661.59

Ø40 Cap, Profile Tube D40/D30

PA-GF
m = 8.3 g
3

20

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.670.93

&4%
Cap, Profile Tube D40/D30 ESD
PA-GF
m = 7.8 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.670.94

20
 PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Profile Tube 8 D30

■ Profile Tube D30 with Line 8 groove
■ Variable and versatile
■ Connect to MB accessories without adapters

 &4%

Double the connectivity – Profile Tube 8 D30 with an integrat-

ed Line 8 groove. The special geometry supports the connec-
tion of Fasteners D30 on three sides. A Line 8 groove is open
to enable connection of components from the MB Building Kit
System and the item Work Bench System.
Profile Tube 8 D30 saves on installation space and storage
costs because accessories and profiles can be fastened to it
without the need for an adapter. This means components from
all building kit systems can be used very easily in one frame.
For example, Profile Tube 8 D30 is ideal for using Grab Con-
tainers 8 105x130 (0.0.664.35) on constructions built using
D30 profiles.

Cap, Profile Tube 8 D30 seals the end-face of Profile Tube 8

D30. It protects against injuries. The cap is available in grey.

Note: Profile 6 D30 is available for connecting accessories

that utilise a Line 6 groove.

&4% 
Profile Tube 8 D30
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
2.75 0.75 1.20 2.32 0.76 0.91 1.55
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.663.94
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.663.93
natural, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.678.20

⌀ Cap, Profile Tube 8 D30

3

PA-GF
m = 3.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.666.95

21
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Profiles 6 D30
■ Versatile profile thanks to four Line 6 grooves
■ Profile contour compatible with Fastener D30
■ Available with closed grooves

&4%

The all-rounder among the cylindrical profiles: Profile 6 D30

combines the strengths of a profile tube with those of a classic
MB profile. It features four Line 6 grooves that can be used to
connect accessories with T-Slot Nuts, and the core bore can be
used for end-face connections. Fastener D30 attaches to the
profile contour between the grooves and can also be affixed to
the end face.
Profile 6 D30 can be ordered with up to four closed grooves to
suit the relevant application. This produces constructions that
are easy to clean, while a closed groove can also be opened up
as required.
Profile 6 D30 can be combined with Tube D30 and Profile
Tube D30 without any difficulty.
Note: Use Profile Tube 8 D30 (0.0.663.94) to connect acces-
sories designed for a Line 8 groove.

Any covered grooves on a profile can be

opened up as and when required. The opened-
Ø7.2 a up section of the groove can be used in the
usual way to fasten accessories or panel
elements.

1.

2.

3.

F[N] q[N/m] Permissible loads for constructions built with

a
1500 Profile 6 D30.
1250 The diagram shows the permitted load in
1000 relation to support span a. It is based on the
q
q maximum permissible deflection set by item,
750
F which is 1/100 of the support span. When
500 designing rack structures, please observe the
F 250 limit values set out in the relevant statutory
regulations (e.g. DGUV regulation 108-007 in
0
500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 Germany).
a[mm]

22
 PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

&4%
Profile 6 D30
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
2.79 0.75 1.69 1.69 0.17 1.12 1.12
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.616.46
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.616.45

&4%
Profile 6 D30 1NO
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
2.84 0.77 1.78 1.69 0.53 1.19 1.12
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.615.09
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.615.08

&4%
Profile 6 D30 2NO90
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
2.88 0.78 1.79 1.79 0.98 1.19 1.19
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.615.13
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.615.11

&4%
Profile 6 D30 2NO180
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
2.88 0.78 1.88 1.69 0.89 1.25 1.15
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.614.24
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.614.23

&4%
Profile 6 D30 3NO
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
2.94 0.79 1.89 1.79 1.48 1.26 1.19
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.615.17
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.615.16

&4%
Profile 6 D30 4NO
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
2.98 0.80 1.89 1.89 2.11 1.26 1.26
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.616.49
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.616.48

⌀ Cap 6 D30
PA-GF
m = 2.1 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.634.45

&4%
Cap 6 D30 ESD
PA-ESD
m = 2.1 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.637.03

Tip:
Use Anti-Torsion Blocks 6 D30 if it is important that the
Profile 6 D30 is oriented precisely in Fastener D30. This will
ensure everything is positioned correctly.

23
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Tube D30
■ Smooth strut with a low dead weight
■ Firm hold in Fastener D30

&4%

a
Light and universal: Aluminium Tube D30 is torsion resistant
and can be very easily cut to the appropriate length.
Fasteners D30 are fitted to the end face or, using Tube Adapter
D30 (0.0.630.61), can be attached at any point. Cap, Tube q
D30 is available in grey and black (ESD safe).
Tube D30 has a basic diameter of 30 mm, exactly the same
as Profile Tube D30 and Profile 6 D30. This means all variants F
can be used together in one frame.
In Karakuri/LCA applications, Tube D30 can be used as a
guide for Profile Tube D40/D30 (0.0.666.63)
when combined with the item Plain Bearing Sleeve D40/
D30 ESD (0.0.665.63) or Plain Bearing D40/D30 ESD Permissible loads for constructions built with
F[N] q[N/m] Tube D30.
(0.0.665.36).
1500
Note: Tube D30 can be ordered in three standard lengths:
1250
3000, 4000 and 6000 mm. Alternatively, you can order The diagram shows the permitted load in
custom cut-offs that have been sawn to size with millimetre 1000
q relation to support span a. It is based on the
precision. 750 maximum permissible deflection set by item,
F which is 1/100 of the support span. When
500
designing rack structures, please observe the
250 limit values set out in the relevant statutory
0 regulations (e.g. DGUV regulation 108-007 in
500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 Germany).
a[mm]

&4%
Tube D30
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
1.26 0.34 1.29 1.29 2.44 0.86 0.86
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.628.56
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.628.52
natural, 1 pce., length 4000 mm 0.0.685.05
natural, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.678.19

⌀30 Cap, Tube D30

PA-GF
3

m = 4.6 g
15

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.629.78

&4%
Cap, Tube D30 ESD
PA-ESD
m = 4.6 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.637.04

24
 PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Tube KH D30x11.6
■ 70 percent wood composite material
■ Neutral to electromagnetic waves
■ Metal-free

The alternative for all tube constructions that need to allow

electromagnetic waves to pass through. Stable and made pre-
dominantly of renewable raw materials (>70 percent wood),
this composite material is also suitable for users who need
tubes that are easy to process and versatile. The wall thickness
of 11.6 mm also means that panel elements can be screwed
directly to the wall of the tube using wood screws.
Fastener D30 and a Tube Adapter D30 are used to create
connections with Tubes KH D30x11.6 in exactly the same way
as for aluminium Tubes D30.
To create end-face connections, Button-Head Screw KH 8x55,
TX30 (0.0.642.17) can be driven into the core bore of Tube KH a
D30 without the need for any preliminary machining.

Permissible loads for constructions built with

F[N] q[N/m] Tube KH D30x11.6.
800

600 The diagram shows the permitted load in

relation to support span a. It is based on the
400 maximum permissible deflection set by item,
which is 1/100 of the support span. When
F q designing rack structures, please observe the
200
limit values set out in the relevant statutory
0 regulations (e.g. DGUV regulation 108-007 in
0 500 750 1000 1250 1500 Germany).
a[mm]

⌀ Tube KH D30x11.6
⌀
Wood-PP composite
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
6.71 0.77 3.97 3.97 7.94 2.65 2.65
anthracite, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.643.71
anthracite, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.643.70

⌀ Cap, Tube KH D30

PA-GB
m = 2.3 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.649.31

25
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Tube D30x1.5 CFRP

■ Tube D30 made from carbon
■ Light and extremely strong
■ High-end look

Minimum weight, maximum strength: Extremely torsion-resist-

ant Tube D30x1.5 CFRP supports weight-optimised applica-
tions.
The high-strength carbon tube weighs around 40 percent less
than a Tube D30 made of aluminium – which is already light
to start with. Its low dead weight makes it ideal for building
dynamic Karakuri/LCA assemblies. Structures mounted on
handling devices and robots also benefit from the combination
of low mass moment of inertia and high torsion resistance.
The carbon tube is fastened using Fastener D30 (0.0.623.56)
and Tube Adapter D30 (0.0.630.61). It is not suitable for use
with fasteners with internal clamping technology or Threaded
Inserts.
Note: Health and safety guidelines for the machining of CFRP
materials (e.g. DGUV regulations in Germany) must be taken
into account when carrying out machining work. For perfect
results, item recommends ordering tubes that have already
been cut to size.

Tube D30x1.5 CFRP

CFRP
Ø27
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
Ø30
1.34 0.24 1.37 1.37 2.73 0.91 0.91
anthracite, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.644.75
anthracite, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.644.74

26
 PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Protective Profile D30 R28-90°

Warning and Protective Profile D30 R28-90°
■ Permanently elastic collision and scratch protection
■ Simply clip into place
■ Also with black/yellow warning markings

&4%

Customised protection for your workpieces! Protective Profiles

D30 feature a chamber that deforms on impact before return-
ing to its original shape. It can be used to protect transported
goods from scratching and as collision protection for staff.
Point loads don’t result in permanent indentations.
Three designs are available. Protective Profile D30 R28-90°
comes in grey and in an ESD-safe version in black. Warning
and Protective Profile D30 R28-90° also features hatched
black and yellow warning markings. This strikingly coloured
protection helps highlight hazard areas such as exposed
profiles and protect people and materials at the same time.
Protective Profiles D30 clip onto the flank of a Profile Tube
D30 or Profile 6 D30 and resist the typical impacts of day-to-
day working life. They envelop a quarter of the circumference 90°
of the profile tube, leaving the rest of it freely accessible. Four
Protective Profiles offer all-round cover. If the structure needs
to be modified, Protective Profiles can be removed without
leaving any trace behind and then simply clipped back into R28
place.

90° Protective Profile D30 R28-90°

36
TPE
m = 154.0 g/m
1.5

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.667.15

R28
&4%
Protective Profile D30 R28-90° ESD
TPE-ESD
m = 190.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.681.09

Warning and Protective Profile D30 R28-90°

TPE
Black and yellow stripes
m = 212.5 g/m
yellow, similar to RAL 1023, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.675.25

27
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Protective Cover R28 for Fastener D30

Protective Cap D30-9
Protective Cap D30-9 R28-90°
■ Entire frame clad in flush-mounted covering
■ Scratch protection that can be retrofitted
■ Remove at any time without leaving a trace
&4%

Completely safe on all sides! Protective Cover R28 for Fastener

D30 ensures components won’t get scratched against the
fasteners on a rack or transport trolley. When combined with
Protective Cap D30-9, Protective Cap D30-9 R28-90° and
5
Protective Profiles D30, this solution forms a comprehensive
system that provides the perfect protection for sensitive goods.
Elastic Protective Cover R28 for Fastener D30 completely en-
closes Fastener D30. It can be used with Protective Cap D30-9
and Protective Profiles D30 to fully encase a frame, ensuring
all-round protection.
Protective Cover R28 for Fastener D30 comprises two half
shells that clip together and hold securely in place. This means
you can retrofit the Protective Cover to intersection points
without having to use any tools, and can remove it at any time
without leaving a trace. In contrast to improvised scratch
protection solutions cobbled together using foam and adhesive 0.0.673.07
tape, no waste is created. 0.0.677.27 ESD
0.0.677.17 Ø56

9
0.0.677.30 ESD
The end face of Profile Tubes is covered by elastic Protective 45 L=a-90 32
Cap D30-9, which – unlike Cap, Tube D30 made from PA – has
a damping function.

To achieve perfectly flush covering on a free-standing profile Ø30 a

end, Protective Profiles D30 can be used in conjunction with
Protective Cap D30-9 R28-90°. This compensates for the dif-
ference in height between the end of the Protective Profile and 0.0.677.32 0.0.667.15
the top of Protective Cap D30-9. The Protective Cap is pressed 0.0.677.33 ESD 0.0.681.09 ESD
into the end face of Protective Profile D30 to create a perfectly
flush elastic covering around a Profile Tube D30.

To safeguard against uncontrolled electrostatic discharge, Pro-

tective Cover R28 for Fastener D30, Protective Cap D30-9, and
Protective Cap D30-9 R28-90° are also available in ESD-safe
versions. They can be used in combination with the ESD-safe
variants of item Protective Profiles D30.

Protective Cover R28 for Fastener D30 comprises two half

shells that can be removed without leaving a trace. To loosen
a Fastener that is encased in a Protective Cover, simply push
through the point marked with a dot.

28
 PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

45
Protective Cover R28 for Fastener D30
TPE
m = 30.0 g

Ø40
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 set 0.0.677.32

&4%
Protective Cover R28 for Fastener D30 ESD
TPE-ESD
m = 33.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 set 0.0.677.33
8
R2

⌀30 Protective Cap D30-9

TPE
m = 10.0 g
9

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.673.07

35
&4%
Protective Cap D30-9 ESD
TPE-ESD
m = 10.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.677.27

90° Protective Cap D30-9 R28-90°

TPE
R28 m = 11.0 g
R15
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.677.17
9

&4%
Protective Cap D30-9 R28-90° ESD
59

TPE-ESD
m = 11.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.677.30

29
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Tube Protector D30x13

Tube Protector D30 Fixing Clip
■ Made from permanently elastic PE foam
■ Universal impact and scratch protection
■ Fixing Clip holds cut edges together

Scratch protection and impact absorption for all constructions:

The 13 mm-thick, elastic Tube Protector D30x13 is made of PE
foam. This closed-cell material protects workpieces, prevents
injuries and can withstand prolonged exposure to mineral oil,
acids and alkalis.
The Tube Protector can be installed either by sliding a (Profile)
Tube D30 into it from the end, or by retrofitting it around the
(Profile) Tube D30. To ensure a secure hold, a Tube Protector
D30x13 that has been split open along its length should be
held shut with the Fixing Clip.

Tip:
Tube Protector D30x13 can be cut to size
easily using a knife.

⌀ Tube Protector D30x13

⌀
PE, foamed
m = 60.0 g/m
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.641.23

R20 Tube Protector D30 Fixing Clip

4.5 PVC
30 m = 0.3 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.654.04

30
 PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Cover Profile, Profile Tube D30

■ Creates a smooth, easy-to-clean surface
■ Clips into the groove without screw fixings

A neat solution. Cover Profile, Profile Tube D30 keeps dirt out
of the channel on a Profile Tube D30. Simply press it into place
to create a closed, easy-to-clean surface. Thanks to the Cover
Profile, users can get the best of both worlds – the advantages
of both Tube D30 and Profile Tube D30.

6.6 Cover Profile, Profile Tube D30

2.5

PE-HD
m = 6.5 g/m
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.658.05

31
PROFILES AND ACCESSORIES

Tube End Caps D30

■ Elastic covering for cut edges
■ Steel washer stops tube perforating cap
■ A cushioning stop for Karakuri/LCA applications

&4%

All-round safety: Tube End Cap D30 is the multifunctional

cover for all (Profile) Tubes D30. It is a permanently elastic
cover for the end face that acts as scratch protection for the
floor and wall or as a simple impact buffer in Karakuri/LCA
applications.
Tube End Cap D30 also encompasses the sides at the end of
the profile. A steel washer stops the (profile) tube from break-
ing through the base of the cap.
Tube End Cap D30 is also available in an ESD-safe version in
black.

⌀ Tube End Cap D30

Cap, NBR Sh 60 A
Washer, St, bright zinc-plated
31.5
40

m = 47.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 set 0.0.643.96
⌀
&4%
Tube End Cap D30 ESD
Cap, NBR Sh 60 A ESD
Washer, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 47.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 set 0.0.644.65

32
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Fasteners

A perfect hold in every scenario! The fastening technology angle in a three-dimensional space. In most cases, a 5 A/F
in the Lean Production Building Kit System ensures ultimate key is the only tool needed to tighten all fastener types.
reliability, maximum flexibility and low costs. Fastening elements D30 are made of heavy-duty die-cast
As befits the lean production philosophy, Fastener D30 is aluminium and exhibit a long-lasting hold. As a result, the
suitable for all 90° connections – even when several struts fasteners do not need to be retightened, which is a costly
meet at one intersection point. This means struts can be and time-consuming process. High clamping forces on
added or moved at any time without having to change all profile tubes ensure constructions are stable. Profile Tube
the connections. Moreover, a small number of standard System D30 thus offers the safety and reliability that is
components are all that is needed for most projects, which essential for daily use in an industrial environment.
reduces storage costs. The fasteners in the Lean Production Building Kit System
Special fasteners are available for special installation automatically create a conductive contact with the various
scenarios, such as for struts at an angle of 30°, 45° or 60°, components. This ensures that electrostatic charges are
internal fasteners for flush transitions between tube and safely dissipated. ESD safety is thus built in as standard.
fastener, and Ball Joint Fasteners for connections at any

33
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Products in this section

Fastener D30 Transverse Fastener D30 Transverse Fastener D30- Parallel Fastener D30 Parallel Clamp D30-80
◾◾ Universal 90° connection ◾◾ For connecting two Profile 70 rotating ◾◾ Connects Profile Tubes ◾◾ For building customised
with a long-lasting hold Tubes D30 that cross each ◾◾ Freely selectable angle D30 that run in parallel handles
◾◾ Also with integrated other at a 90° angle ◾◾ Angles can be retrospec- ◾◾ Reinforces structures ◾◾ For parallel struts spaced
anti-torsion feature ◾◾ Can be retrofitted tively adjusted 80 mm apart
◾◾ Very compact design

36 39 41 42 44

Fastener D30-45° Bracing Strut D30-90° Angle Fastener D30 Ball Joint Fastener D30 Butt Fasteners D30
◾◾ For diagonal struts in any ◾◾ Support for profiles under a ◾◾ Freely settable angle ◾◾ Complete freedom in three ◾◾ Direct end-face connec-
length heavy load ◾◾ Compatible with all Fasten- dimensions tions
◾◾ No profile machining ◾◾ Can be quickly added for ers D30 ◾◾ Profile connections in any ◾◾ Available in five angles:
required additional stability orientation 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° and
180°

45 46 48 49 51

Fastener D30, internal Fastener D30-45°, internal Fastener D30, internal, Butt Fastener D30-90° Tube Adapter D30
◾◾ Flush transition between ◾◾ Smooth transition, thanks Connector M6-12 R25, internal ◾◾ Converts smooth Tubes
tube and fastener to internal clamping ◾◾ End-face connection for ◾◾ Rounded 90° connection into Profile Tubes
◾◾ Retrofit struts to existing technology Profile 6 D30 ◾◾ Flush transition between ◾◾ Up to four fasteners can be
constructions ◾◾ Can be retrofitted ◾◾ Simple connection with tube and fastener connected
system groove

54 56 57 59 60

Compatible caps can be found on the relevant fastener pages.

34
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

End Connector 8 D30-90° Adapter 8 D30 Adapter 8 80 D30 Adapter 6 30x30/D30 Tube Holder D30
◾ Connects (Profile) Tubes ◾ A D30 profile contour ◾ Robust connection to Line ◾ A flat screw-fixing surface ◾ Secures Tubes D30 to a
D30 to a Line 8 groove for profiles with a Line 8 8 profiles on a Profile 6 D30 Line 6 or 8 profile groove
◾ Torsion resistant and stable groove ◾ Repositionable connection ◾ Ideal for mounting hinges ◾ Space saving and strong
◾ Connection to the MB for Fastener D30
Building Kit System

61 63 64 65 66

Adapter D30/D28
◾ For connecting steel tubes
◾ Firm hold for tubes in ⌀
28 and 28.6 mm

68

35
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Fastener D30
Fastener D30 T1
Fastener D30 with Clamp Lever
■ Universal 90° connection with a long-lasting hold
■ Supplied preassembled for time-saving installation
■ No additional profile machining necessary
&4%

The universal and secure 90° connection: Fastener D30 made

of die-cast aluminium creates a mechanically locked connec-
tion with the contour of a Profile Tube D30 or Profile 6 D30.
When the screw is tightened, the preassembled half shells of
the fastener simultaneously envelop the inserted Profile D30
with external clamping technology. As a result, it takes just one
step to create a strong connection that will hold tight for the
long term and not exhibit any creep behaviour. A viewing gap
reveals how far the profile reaches into the fastener.
Up to four Fasteners D30 can be connected to intersection
points on a profile tube. No special fasteners are required!
Plastic Anti-Torsion Blocks are available and can be used with
Fastener D30 if required.

Fastener D30 T1 features narrow gaps at the side. These

openings provide space for the web on Double Profile Tube
D30-60 (0.0.682.60). Fastener D30 T1 can be used with all
(Profile) Tubes D30 and has the same strong holding force as
Fastener D30. Additional benefits: The gaps can be used to
check how far the (profile) tube projects into the fastener.
Fastener D30 T1 also has an integrated and especially strong
anti-torsion feature made of aluminium. This ensures Profile
Tubes D30 are consistently oriented with absolute precision in
right-angled structures. The anti-torsion feature can be broken
off with a screwdriver, which is useful when fixing a Tube D30
in a Fastener D30 T1, for example.

Use a slotted screwdriver to remove the

anti-torsion features with ease.
Fastener D30 with Clamp Lever is intended for temporary
structures and struts that can be moved quickly. The ergonom-
ically shaped lever ensures the fastener can be tightened and Another option for removing the anti-torsion
released again quickly. features that does not involve dismantling
the preassembled fastener halves is to break
them off with a hammer and a section of
profile.

Anti-Torsion Block 16
6 D30

30

36
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

a 20
L=a-40 0.0.662.12

0.0.623.56

0.0.623.56
0.0.687.84
0.0.687.84

0.0.690.44

Fz 0.0.669.52
Mx Fx
Mz M = 10 Nm
My 0.0.678.30

Fastener D30 Fastener D30 T1 Fasteners with external and internal clamping
Fx = 500 N Fx = 500 N technology for 90° connections can be used
Fz = 500 N Fz = 500 N together. The effective profile length is identical.
Mx = 5 Nm Mx = 20 Nm The 20 mm spacing must be factored in.
My = 50 Nm My = 50 Nm
Mz = 20 Nm Mz = 20 Nm

Tip:
Cap D30 R holds the nut in place in the Fastener
Mmax = 10 Nm when creating the screw connection. This makes
assembly a great deal easier – even in awkward
positions!

Fmax = 500 N

45 &4%
Fastener D30
Preassembled
Ø40 2 fastener halves, die-cast Al, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912 M6x29.4, St, bright
Ø30 zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I-5, St, bright zinc-plated
5 M = 10 Nm m = 105.0 g
25
1 pce. 0.0.623.56

45 Fastener D30 T1
&4%

Preassembled
Ø40 2 fastener halves, die-cast Al, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912 M6x29.4, St, bright
Ø30 zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
5 M = 10 Nm m = 94.0 g
25
1 pce. 0.0.687.84

37
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

45
Fastener D30 with Clamp Lever
Preassembled
Ø40 2 fastener halves, die-cast Al, natural
35 Clamp Lever Pi 50 M6x40
Ø30 Spacer sleeve D9.5/6.4-12, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 145.0 g
25
50 1 pce. 0.0.644.77

Ø13 Cap D30 R

PA-GB
m = 0.3 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.624.11

Key with T-Handle 5 A/F

One for all! A single tool is usually all you need to fit any of the fasteners in Profile Tube
System D30. Ball-Headed Key 5 A/F has one short and one long wrench, each made of
high-quality chrome vanadium steel.
The ergonomic grip features an elastic TPE coating and ensures users can get a firm hold on
the key with no pressure points when working with it for extended periods.

5 16 Key with T-Handle 5 A/F

Wrench, chrome vanadium steel, matt chrome-plated
Plastic grip, TPE
m = 91.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.026.29
230

5
195

38
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Transverse Fastener D30

Transverse Fastener D30-60
◾ For right-angled, crossing connections
◾ Available in two construction heights
◾ Preassembled and suitable for retrofitting

&4%

Transverse Fasteners D30 can be used to connect together

two crossing Profile Tubes D30 at a 90° angle to each other.
The distance between the centre lines through two connected
profiles is 48.5 mm when using Transverse Fastener D30
(0.0.637.90) or 60 mm when using Transverse Fastener
D30-60 (0.0.700.10). Transverse Fastener D30-60 repli-
cates the modular dimension of Double Profile Tube D30-60
(0.0.682.60).
Transverse Fasteners are supplied preassembled. Simply
put them in place and tighten them for a secure hold. When
used to reinforce pre-existing structures, the fastener halves
can also be fitted separately, pushed into position and then
screwed together.

M = 10 Nm

Profile Tubes D30 that are connected using Transverse Fastener 0.0.637.90 0.0.628.56 0.0.630.61
D30 are spaced 18.5 mm apart. When using Tube Adapter
D30 (0.0.630.61), this gap increases by 5.5 mm per side.
18.5
30

0.0.637.90
29.5
0.0.628.56

F = 500 N
0.0.630.61

0.0.628.56 0.0.630.61
0.0.700.10

0.0.628.28
42

30

0.0.700.10
41

0.0.628.56
M
Mmax = 5 Nm
0.0.628.28
0.0.630.61
F = 500 N

39
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Ø40 Transverse Fastener D30

&4%

Preassembled
2 fastener halves, die-cast Al, natural
30 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912 M6x29.4, St, bright
zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I-8, St, bright zinc-plated
Compression spring, St, stainless
M = 10 Nm m = 65.3 g
1 pce. 0.0.637.90

&4%
Ø40 Transverse Fastener D30-60
Preassembled
2 transverse fastener halves, die-cast Al, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912 M6x29.4, St, bright
42 zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
Compression spring, St, stainless
M = 10 Nm m = 101.9 g
1 pce. 0.0.700.10

Ø13 Cap D30 R

PA-GB
m = 0.3 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.624.11

40
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Transverse Fastener D30-70 rotating

■ Freely selectable angle
■ Angles can be retrospectively adjusted
■ Very compact design

&4%

0.0.700.14 0.0.628.56 0.0.630.61

More freedom when connecting crossing profiles! Transverse
Fastener D30-70 rotating creates a stable connection at any
angle. This means you can build additional rigidity into a frame
by incorporating crossing profiles as necessary. The mounting
dimension of 70 mm makes the rotating Transverse Fastener

40
52
very compact. 0.0.700.14

51
Angles can also be easily adjusted retrospectively, simply by
loosening the clamping jaws on one side of the Fastener. This 0.0.628.56
ensures you can quickly modify the gradient on a frame that is
clamped in position within a construction.
Transverse Fastener D30-70 rotating is supplied preassem- F = 500 N 0.0.630.61
bled. It can be used with any component that features the flank
geometry of the Lean Production Building Kit System.
NB: Ball Joint Transverse Fastener D30 (0.0.683.69) is used
to connect crossing struts in any three-dimensional arrange-
ment. 0.0.628.28

M M = 10 Nm

Mmax = 5 Nm
0.0.628.28

Ø30 Transverse Fastener D30-70 rotating

&4%

5 Preassembled
4 internal Fastener D30 clamping jaws, die-cast Al, natural
52 Double flange D30-10, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x20, St, bright zinc-plated
2 hexagon nuts DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
2 washers, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 94.5 g
1 pce. 0.0.700.14

41
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Parallel Fastener D30

Parallel Fastener D30-60
Parallel Fastener D30-60 with Clamp Lever
■ Connect parallel profiles
■ For reinforcing structures
■ Available in two construction heights

&4%

Parallel Fasteners are the basis for especially rigid structures.

They connect two parallel Profile Tubes D30 to form one
strong unit. They are also used to fasten attachments with a
profile contour.
Compact Parallel Fastener D30 helps keep the gap between
the profiles small, while the larger Parallel Fastener D30-60
produces a gap of 30 mm that fits perfectly with the modular
dimension and with Double Profile Tube D30-60.
Parallel Fastener D30-60 with Clamp Lever can be used to
build temporary structures. Its integrated lever means the
fastener can be quickly tightened and then loosened again. It
can also be used as a practical marker, ensuring the position
of a strut or accessory part can be quickly found again when
modifying structures.
Parallel Fasteners are supplied preassembled and are ready Mmax = 10 Nm
for immediate use. If required, the screw connection of the
fastener can be covered over with Cap D30 F.
Fmax = 500 N

0.0.630.51 15
0.0.630.61

18.5 29.5
48.5 29.5
59,5 8
44,5

Parallel Fastener D30 connects together

Profile Tubes D30, Tubes D30 (with Tube
Adapter D30), Profiles 6 D30 and Profiles 8
(with Adapter 8 D30).

0.0.630.61 0.0.630.51 15

30
41 41
60 8
71 56

Parallel Fastener D30-60 and Parallel Fasten-

er D30-60 with Clamp Lever connect Profile
Tubes D30 and Profiles 6 D30 in the modular
dimension. When using Tube Adapter D30
(0.0.630.61) and Adapter 8 D30 (0.0.630.51),
the gap is larger.

42
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

a
F[N] q[N/m] Permissible loads for constructions that use a
>400 2500 combination of Profile Tube D30 and Parallel
Fastener D30.
q 2000
q
1500 The diagram shows the permitted load in
F relation to support span a. It is based on the
1000
maximum permissible deflection set by item,
500 which is 1/100 of the support span. When
designing rack structures, please observe the
F 0
500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 limit values set out in the relevant statutory
a[mm] regulations (e.g. DGUV regulation 108-007 in
Germany).

Fv = 500 N

Fv

M = 10 Nm

5 &4%
38 Parallel Fastener D30
Preassembled
2 parallel fastener halves, die-cast Al, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6x16, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I-5, St, bright zinc-plated
30 M = 10 Nm m = 53.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.629.94

5 &4%
38 Parallel Fastener D30-60
Preassembled
2 parallel fastener halves D30-60, die-cast Al, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912 M6x21, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 76.0 g
41. 1 pce. 0.0.682.21
5

50 Parallel Fastener D30-60 with Clamp Lever

38 Preassembled
2 parallel fastener halves D30-60, die-cast Al, natural
Clamp Lever Pi 50 M6x32
Spacer sleeve D9.5/6.4-12, St, bright zinc-plated
35

Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated

41. m = 118.0 g
5
1 pce. 0.0.692.28

Ø13 Cap D30 F

PA-GB
m = 0.2 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.629.80

43
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Parallel Clamp D30-80

■ For building customised handles
■ For parallel struts spaced at 80 mm

&4%

Parallel Clamp D30-80 connects (Profile) Tubes D30 to

produce a distance of 80 mm between their centre lines. One
of the openings on the clamp has an anti-torsion feature that
can also be easily removed so that two Tubes D30 can be
connected.
Parallel Clamp D30-80 can be used, for example, to design M = 10 Nm
grips in any length made of any appropriate material.

F F = 500 N

F with anti-torsion feature = 1000 N Use a slotted screwdriver

F without anti-torsion feature = 500 N to remove the anti-torsion
features with ease.

Handle D30 KH 300 192

0.0.687.84

0.0.628.28 0.0.690.98
0.0.642.34

30 5 Parallel Clamp D30-80

&4%

2 parallel clamp halves D30-80, die-cast Al, natural

40

2 washers, St, bright zinc-plated

2 Hexagon nuts DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x30, St, bright zinc-plated
80 m = 193.0 g
Ø30 1 set 0.0.686.65

Ø13 Cap D30 F

PA-GB
m = 0.2 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.629.80

44
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Fastener D30-45°
■ A firm hold for diagonal struts
■ Simple and accurate assembly with no profile machining

&4%

Diagonal struts in next to no time: Fastener D30-45° offers all

the benefits of Fastener D30 but at an angle of 45°. Its die-cast
aluminium casing creates a mechanically locked connection
that has a long-lasting hold even under load.
Fastener D30-45° is suitable for all (Profile) Tubes D30 and
Profiles 6 D30. It does not require any additional machining or
mitre cuts. Using external clamping technology, the fastener is M = 10 Nm
ideal for quickly assembling truss or lattice-type structures and
diagonal struts to accommodate torque loads.

L = √2 x x - 60
Tip:
Cap D30 R holds the nut in place in the
Fastener when creating the screw connec-
tion. This makes assembly a great deal
easier – even in awkward positions! 0.0.628.56
0.0.623.56

Anti-Torsion Block 16
6 D30 45°

x
L

0.0.628.28
0.0.637.87

55. Fastener D30-45°

&4%
1
Preassembled
2 fastener halves, die-cast aluminium, natural
Washer, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6x29,4, St, bright zinc-plated
25
37

Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated

M = 10 Nm m = 102.0 g
Ø3
0 1 pce. 0.0.637.87
5

Ø13 Cap D30 R

PA-GB
m = 0.3 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.624.11

45
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Bracing Strut D30-90°

■ Reinforcement for load-bearing profiles
■ Simple to retrofit

&4%

The partner to the 90° fastener when bending moments

generate stress. The Bracing Strut is also easy to retrofit, can
be screwed into place quickly and provides effective support
for the connection point.
Caps D30 F can be used to cover over the screw connection of
the Bracing Strut when necessary, making cleaning easy and
ensuring your design looks its best. Four Caps D30 F can be
used for each Bracing Strut.

0.0.628.28
0.0.623.56
146 126

0.0.628.28 M = 10 Nm
0.0.629.95
132
157

0.0.629.95

0.0.629.97 146


0.0.630.51

Permissible loads for constructions that use a

a F[N] q[N/m] combination of Profile Tube D30 and Bracing
2500 Strut D30-90°.
q
2000

1500 The diagram shows the permitted load in

q relation to support span a. It is based on the
1000 maximum permissible deflection set by item,
F F which is 1/100 of the support span. When
500
designing rack structures, please observe the
0
limit values set out in the relevant statutory
500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 regulations (e.g. DGUV regulation 108-007 in
a[mm]
Germany).

46
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

&4%
Bracing Strut D30-90°
5
Preassembled
2 bracing strut halves, die-cast Al, natural
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x16, St, bright zinc-plated

148
2 Hexagon nuts DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 171.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.629.95

11 45 °
148

Ø13 Cap D30 F

PA-GB
m = 0.2 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.629.80

47
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Angle Fastener D30

■ Freely adjustable angle
■ Suitable for use with other fasteners

&4%

Connect (Profile) Tubes D30 at any angle in the form of either

butt or side connections. That is the strength of Angle Fastener
D30.
Its fastening surface matches the contour of Profile Tubes
D30, making it a universal fastener. As a result, it can be com-
bined with Fastener D30 or Parallel Fastener D30 to create
whichever connection is required. M = 8 Nm
Caps D30 F are used to cover over the screw connection of the
fastener when necessary, making cleaning easy and ensuring
your design looks its best. Two Caps D30 F can be used for
each Angle Fastener D30.

Profile Tube D30 Tube D30 with Tube Adapter

The length of connecting
30°: L = 2x-216 30°: L = 1.15x-169.4
60°: L = 1.15x-163 profile L is determined by the
60°: L = 2x-228
fastening elements that are
used.

0.0.623.56 0.0.623.56

0.0.628.28 α 0.0.628.56
α
y

y
L

0.0.629.94
0.0.629.94
L

0.0.630.61

0.0.630.60 0.0.630.60
x x

25 &4%
Angle Fastener D30
2 angle fastener halves, die-cast aluminium, natural
Angle fastener screw, St, bright zinc-plated
Angle fastener nut, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 8 Nm m = 66.0 g
24
5 1 set 0.0.630.60

Ø13 Cap D30 F

PA-GB
m = 0.2 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.629.80

48
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Ball Joint Fastener D30

■ For fastening at any angle
■ For side or end-face connection

&4%

Turning on a pin. Ball Joint Fasteners are used to install struts

95
at any angle in the flick of a wrist. A stable integral ball in the
fastener produces this versatility. It enables users to twist and 70 25
turn the fastener to the desired angle and fix it in place with a 45
single screw.
The Ball Joint Fasteners can be turned through 180° in all
directions. As a result, they are ideal for fastenings in any
spatial arrangement.
180°
360°

Ball Joint Butt Fastener D30 is used to connect Profiles D30 at

any angle via their end faces. 115
65 50
65 25

180°
360°

More freedom for your ideas! Ball Joint Transverse Fastener

D30 allows you to position Profile Tubes D30 at any angle to
each other. It provides a stable connection between crossing 90
struts, such as those used to reinforce a frame. Crossing con- 45
nections like these can be retrofitted extremely easily.
Note: Transverse Fastener D30 (0.0.637.90) and Transverse
Fastener D30-60 (0.0.700.10) are available for connecting
struts that cross each other at a 90° angle. Transverse Fasten-
er D30-70 rotating (0.0.700.14) creates a crossing connection 180°
at any angle. 360°

Ball Joint Fastener 8 D30 incorporates a flange plate that 80

enables connection to a Line 8 Profile.
55 25
30

180°
360°

49
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

M = 10 Nm

&4%
Ball Joint Fastener D30
37

Preassembled
2 ball joint fastener halves, ball head, die-cast Al, natural
2 ball joint fastener halves, ball socket, die-cast Al, natural
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws similar to DIN 912 M6x29.4, St, bright
zinc-plated
⌀30
5 25 2 Hexagon nuts DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 205.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.646.85

Ø4 &4%
0 Ball Joint Butt Fastener D30
Preassembled
2 ball joint fastener halves, ball head with profile fixture, die-cast Al, natural
2 ball joint fastener halves, ball socket, die-cast Al, natural
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws similar to DIN 912 M6x29.4, St, bright
zinc-plated
2 hexagon nuts DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
Ø30

5 25 M = 10 Nm m = 219.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.671.72

&4%
Ball Joint Transverse Fastener D30
37

Preassembled
2 ball joint fastener halves, ball head, die-cast Al, natural
2 ball joint transverse fastener halves, ball socket, die-cast Al, natural
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws similar to DIN 912 M6x29.4, St, bright
zinc-plated
37

5 2 Hexagon nuts DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated

M = 10 Nm m = 213.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.683.69

&4% 
55 Ball Joint Fastener 8 D30
Partially preassembled
Ball 40x40, die-cast Al, natural
2 ball joint fastener halves, ball socket, die-cast Al, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912 M6x29.4, St, bright
zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M8x40, St, bright zinc-plated
5 25 Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
⌀

6 T-Slot Nut 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated

M = 10 Nm m = 190.0 g
1 set 0.0.650.98

Ø13 Cap D30 R

PA-GB
m = 0.3 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.624.11

Tip:
A self-tapping screw, which is available as an Anti-Torsion Block
optional accessory, can be screwed into the 16
6 D30
fastener half to provide additional hold.

50
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Butt Fastener D30

■ Space-saving, direct end-face connections
■ Available in five different angles
■ Ideal for building FIFO racks

&4%

Butt Fasteners connect together (profile) tubes end to end to

create rounded corners, taper frames and extend stretches.
The stable fasteners come in 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° and 180°
angles. They are ideal for building FIFO racks with ergonomic
goods removal points.
Butt Fastener D30-180° allows you to extend any Profiles D30.
Butt Fastener D30-90° gives you the choice of two radii for
gently shaped outer corners.
Note: Ball Joint Fasteners D30 can be used to create support-
ing struts and profile connections at any angle.

Fasteners with external and internal clamping technology for

90° connections can be used together. The effective profile
length is identical. The 20 mm spacing must be factored in.

20

0.0.662.12

0.0.623.56

0.0.687.84

0.0.690.44

0.0.669.52

0.0.678.30

51
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

L=1.16 x - 45.4 20 25

60°
45°

25 20
25

L
L

y
y

25
25

85 25

x 30°
x

85
25
M = 10 Nm

&4%
76. Butt Fastener D30-30°
7
Preassembled
2 butt fastener halves, die-cast aluminium, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912-M6x29.4, St, bright
25

zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 128.3 g
0
Ø4 1 pce. 0.0.646.10
5 0
⌀3

&4%
74 Butt Fastener D30-45°
Preassembled
2 butt fastener halves, die-cast aluminium, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912-M6x29.4, St, bright
zinc-plated
⌀40 Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
25

M = 10 Nm m = 131.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.662.15
5
0
⌀3

&4%
69.
6 Butt Fastener D30-60°
Preassembled
2 butt fastener halves, die-cast aluminium, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912-M6x29.4, St, bright
zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
0 M = 10 Nm m = 128.8 g
Ø4
25

1 pce. 0.0.646.94
5
⌀30

52
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

&4%
79 Butt Fastener D30-90° R25
25
Preassembled
2 butt fastener halves, die-cast aluminium, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912-M6x29.4, St, bright

⌀30
zinc-plated
⌀40 Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 218.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.662.12

&4%
Butt Fastener D30-90°
144 Preassembled
2 butt fastener halves, die-cast aluminium, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912-M6x29.4, St, bright
zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
0 M = 10 Nm m = 240.0 g
Ø4
1 pce. 0.0.647.02

5
25

⌀3
0

&4%
66 Butt Fastener D30-180°
Preassembled
25 2 butt fastener halves, die-cast aluminium, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912-M6x29.4, St, bright
⌀40 zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 119.0 g
⌀30

1 pce. 0.0.662.05
5

Anti-Torsion Block 16
6 D30

53
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Fastener D30, internal

■ Flush transition between tube and fastener
■ Retrofit struts to existing constructions

&4%

This is how you gain those all-important extra millimetres!

Fastener D30, internal is contained largely within the (Profile)
Tube D30 and creates a smooth 90° connection. This saves
space – among other things so that the fastening bracket for a
roller conveyor can be fitted right up against the vertical strut
on a frame. What’s more, panels can be fitted flush to a frame
without any need for cut-outs in the corners.
The flush connection between Fastener D30, internal and a
(Profile) Tube D30 also enhances the look of a construction.
Moreover, it makes the fastener ideal for retrofitting into the
tightest of spaces. This means struts can be quickly built into
constructions to provide extra reinforcement.
Cap D30 R15 holds the nut of Fastener D30, internal captive 2. 1.
in the fastener half and stops dust and dirt accumulating in the
depression.

Fx = 500 N
Fz = 500 N
Fz Mx = 5 Nm
Mx Fx My = 20 Nm
Mz = 20 Nm
Mz
My

a
L=a-40

M = 10 Nm

0.0.669.52

Calculating profile length L when using two Fasteners D30,

internal. The profile dimension is identical to that when using
two Fasteners D30 with external clamping technology.

54
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

20 Fasteners with external and internal clamping

technology for 90° connections can be used
0.0.662.12
together. The effective profile length is identi-
cal. The 20 mm spacing must be factored in.
0.0.623.56

0.0.687.84

0.0.690.44

0.0.669.52

0.0.678.30

25 &4%
Fastener D30, internal
Partially preassembled
Ø30 2 internal Fastener D30 clamping jaws, die-cast Al, natural
Internal Fastener D30 tube insert, die-cast Al, natural
5
Internal Fastener D30 claw, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6x16, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6x20, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 59.0 g
1 set 0.0.669.52

Ø13 Cap D30 R15

PA-GB
m = 0.2 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.675.13

55
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Fastener D30-45°, internal

■ Smooth transition, thanks to internal clamping technology
■ Can be retrofitted

&4%

x x - 60
For smooth and elegant diagonals! Fastener D30-45°, internal
uses internal clamping technology from item to create a
smooth transition between fastener and Profile Tube. On the
one hand, it looks great. On the other hand, it also makes the
fastener ideal for retrofitting into the tightest of spaces. This
means additional struts can be quickly built into constructions 0.0.628.56
0.0.623.56
to provide extra reinforcement.
Note: For diagonal struts that need to accommodate high
loads, item offers Fastener D30-45° (0.0.637.87), which uses
external clamping technology.
45°

x
L
0.0.628.28

0.0.678.66

2.

1.

M = 10 Nm

&4%
Fastener D30-45°, internal
37

Partially preassembled
2 fastener halves, die-cast Al, natural
5 Internal Fastener D30 tube insert
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw M6x20, St, bright zinc-plated
Ø30 Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I-5, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 58.0 g
1 set 0.0.678.66

56
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Fastener D30, internal, Connector M6-12

■ End-face connection for Profile 6 D30
■ Simple fastening to system groove
■ Universal suitability for panels

&4%

It’s the adapter that bridges divides! Thanks to its adapter

flange, Fastener D30, internal, Connector M6-12 can be
fastened to any elements that can be secured with the M6
Countersunk Screw included in the scope of supply. That
includes profiles from the MB Building Kit System (with a Line
6 groove and up) and Profiles 6 D30, but also panel elements,
floors and walls.
Fastener D30, internal, Connector M6-12 can be secured to
the end face of a Profile 6 D30 by drilling an M6 thread into
Fitting Fastener D30, internal, Connector M6-
the core bore.
2. 1. M6x14 12 to a profile with a system groove:
The internal clamping technology from item creates a smooth,
1. First, screw the adapter flange to a suitable
elegant transition to a Profile 6 D30 that is secured to the
T-Slot Nut M6.
Fastener via its end face. This frees up those few centimetres
that make all the difference when Karakuri/LCA applications 2. Next, position the Fastener on the Profile
need to use the entire length of a strut, for example. Tube D30 and the adapter flange and tighten.
0.0.616.46

2. 1.

a
L = a-40

M = 10 Nm

0.0.690.44 0.0.616.46

Fz
Mx Fx
Mz
My
0.0.690.44

57
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

20
Fasteners with external and internal clamping
0.0.662.12 technology for 90° connections can be used
together. The effective profile length is identical.
The 20 mm spacing must be factored in.
0.0.623.56

0.0.687.84

0.0.690.44

0.0.669.52

0.0.678.30

25 &4%
Fastener D30, internal, Connector M6-12
2 internal Fastener D30 clamping jaws, die-cast Al, natural
Ø30 Flange D30/D6-5, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer, St, bright zinc-plated
5
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M6x20, St, bright zinc-plated
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991 M6x16, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 53.0 g
1 set 0.0.690.44

58
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Butt Fastener D30-90° R25, internal

■ Rounded 90° connection
■ Flush transition between tube and fastener

&4%

1.
Do you want corners with smooth curves? Butt Fastener 20
D30-90° R25, internal makes it possible by connecting Profile 2.
Tubes D30 at a 90° angle with a gentle curve. Internal clamp- 0.0.662.12
ing technology ensures a smooth transition between fastener
and profile tube to produce a harmonious outer corner.
0.0.623.56
Due to their design, internal fasteners are suitable for lighter
loads.
Note: item supplies Butt Fastener D30-90° R25 with external 1.
and internal clamping technology. No matter which variant
you choose, the Profile Tubes D30 will always be the same
length regardless of the type of fastening technology used.
As a result, you can substitute a Butt Fastener D30-90° 0.0.687.84
R25 (0.0.662.12) for a Butt Fastener D30-90° R25, internal
(0.0.678.30) without having to make any alterations to the
profile tubes. 0.0.690.44
30 20

0.0.669.52
30
20

0.0.678.30

Fasteners with external and internal clamping

technology for 90° connections can be used
together. The effective profile length is identical.
The 20 mm spacing must be factored in.

M = 10 Nm

&4%
Butt Fastener D30-90° R25, internal
Partially preassembled
Ø30 2 butt fastener halves, die-cast Al, natural
2 Internal Fasteners D30 tube insert, die-cast Al, natural
5 2 Internal Fastener D30 claws, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x20, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x16, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon nuts DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
2 washers, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 10 Nm m = 122.0 g
1 set 0.0.678.30

59
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Tube Adapter D30

■ Adds the full four-sided profile contour to a Tube D30
■ For connecting accessories and fasteners
■ Cap for a safe finishing touch

&4%

The Tube Adapter turns a smooth Tube D30 into a Profile

Tube! Simply fit it around the Tube and you’re ready to fit a
D30 fastener. The Fastener clamps the Tube Adapter, creating
exceptional torsion and slip protection.
Suitable for connecting up to four Fasteners to a single Tube at
the same height.
The optional Cap securely covers any connection points on the
Tube Adapter D30 that are not required. Up to three Caps can
be fitted to each Tube Adapter D30. Tube Adapter D30 also allows connections to be
0.0.630.23
made to Profiles 6 D30 at any angle.
Ø40

Ø30

a Fx = 500 N
Fz = 500 N
L=a-52 Fz Mx = 5 Nm
Mx Fx My = 50 Nm
Mz = 20 Nm
Mz
The force data relates to Fastener D30
My
(0.0.623.56) combined with Tube Adapter
D30. If another fastener is used, the specific
force data for that fastener must be taken into
account.

0.0.623.56

0.0.630.61

37 Tube Adapter D30

&4%

Tube collar, inside, Al, natural

Tube collar, outside, Al, natural
m = 33.0 g
⌀30 ⌀4 1 set 0.0.630.61
0

40 Tube Adapter Cap D30

PA-GF
0 m = 3.1 g
⌀3 42
⌀ grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.630.23

60
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

End Connector 8 D30-90°

■ For a right-angled connection to profiles with a Line 8 groove
■ Torsion resistant and stable

 &4%

Use different building kit systems together: End Connector

8 D30-90° can be used to connect (Profile) Tubes D30 to
profiles with a Line 8 groove. This combination is frequently
used in transport trolleys when their substructures are made
from Line 8 profiles.
The base plate is screwed to the Line 8 groove to prevent
twisting but, in order to do so, two of the four anti-torsion
features must first be removed. The clamping jaws of the End
Connector encompass the (Profile) Tube D30.
Two Caps D30 R cover over the screw connection of End
Connector 8 D30-90°, making cleaning easy and ensuring
your design looks its best. a

L = a-50

0.0.629.97

Fx1 = 500 N
Fx2 = 3000 N
Fz Mx Fz = 500 N
Fx1 Mx = 5 Nm
Mz My = 50 Nm
Fx2 Mz = 50 Nm
My

When using End Connector 8 D30-90° on a

component with a smooth, unbroken surface,
all four tabs of the integrated anti-torsion
features on the connector adapter must be
0.0.653.82 removed. An M6 nut can be inserted into the
connection adapter to create a screw connec-
25

3.5

tion from the rear.

25

61
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

M = 10 Nm

Use a slotted screwdriver

to remove the anti-torsion
features with ease.

45 End Connector 8 D30-90°

&4% 

5 Partially preassembled
2 connector halves, die-cast aluminium, natural
R15 Connector 8 D30-90° adapter, die-cast aluminium, natural
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6x29,4, St, bright zinc-plated
R2 Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I-5, St, bright zinc-plated
0 M = 10 Nm m = 115.0 g
5 25
1 set 0.0.629.97

&4% 
Fastening Set 8 D30
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 16.0 g
1 set 0.0.653.82

62
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Adapter 8 D30
■ Space-saving solution for adding the contour of a Profile Tube D30 to
a Line 8 profile
■ Also suitable for fixing to panel elements

 &4%

The D30 contour for Line 8: Flat Adapter 8 D30 gives a profile
with a Line 8 groove the contour of a Profile Tube D30. A fas-
tener from the Lean Production Building Kit System can then
be attached to the adapter.
Adapter 8 D30 can also be screwed to a panel element.
Note: The longer Adapter 8 80 D30 can be subsequently
moved when a Fastener D30 is connected to it centrally. It is
also long enough to accommodate two Fasteners D30.

0.0.653.82
3.5

Use a slotted screwdriver

to remove the anti-torsion
features with ease.

10 &4% 
Adapter 8 D30
Die-cast Al
11

m = 17.7 g
37
8 1 pce. 0.0.630.51
24

&4% 
Fastening Set 8 D30
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 16.0 g
1 set 0.0.653.82

63
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Adapter 8 80 D30
■ Robust connection to Line 8 profiles
■ Creates fastening points for Fasteners D30
■ Suitable for rapid, repositioning of struts

 &4%

More space for connections: Adapter 8 80 D30 can be used to

connect two Fasteners D30 to one profile with a Line 8 groove.
The Adapter has a flat underside, which means it can also be
screwed to any panel.
If only one Fastener D30 is fitted in the centre, Adapter 8 80
D30 provides an added advantage – the connection can be
subsequently moved, because the screws are still accessible.
This means attachments can be easily adjusted without having
to detach the Fastener D30.

Tiltable item Container Profile 8 80x40 (0.0.643.37) is

secured between two Profile Tubes D30 using the correspond- 50 0.0.643.37
ing fastening set (0.0.643.40), Adapter 8 80 D30 and Parallel 0-1
Fastener D30. The tilt angle (0° or 15°) must be fixed with M6 5°
screws via the fastening holes.

DIN 934-M6
0.0.643.40
0.0.628.28
31.5

&4% 
4 10 Adapter 8 80 D30
66. 20 Die-cast Al
20
m = 50.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.653.24
11

80
24

&4% 
Fastening Set 80 D30
T-Slot Nut 8 St 2x M6-76, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 35.0 g
1 set 0.0.653.06

64
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Adapter 6 30x30/D30
■ A level screw-fit surface on a Profile 6 D30
■ Ideal for mounting hinges

&4%

When you need to fit a square component to a cylindrical

profile, Adapter 6 30x30/D30 is the answer. Simply screw
it to a Profile 6 D30 to produce a level surface for securely
connecting accessories with a flat surface.

The Adapter utilises the groove in Profile 6 D30, allowing

users to connect panel elements and components from the
MB Building Kit System with a screw and a T-Slot Nut M6.
Anti-torsion features – such as Hinge 6 30x30 – engage with
the indentations on the flat side.
It is important to allow for the thickness of the Adapter (5 mm)
when selecting the screw.

Ø30 Adapter 6 30x30/D30

&4%
5

Die-cast Al
□3 m = 11.0 g
0
natural, 1 pce. 0.0.656.32

65
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Tube Holder D30

■ Connects Profiles D30 with frames made using the MB Building Kit System
■ Full length of profile can still be used
■ Enables space-saving fastening options for roller conveyors

 &4%

From round to square: Tube Holders D30 can be used to fasten

a (Profile) Tube D30 between two profiles from the item MB
Building Kit System. This space-saving and strong holder is
available for Line 6 and 8 grooves.
Tube Holders D30 are fastened to the Profile Tube D30 or
Tube D30 with an M6 screw. A Threaded Insert D30 must be
used to make this fixing. In the case of Profiles 6 D30, a thread
is tapped into the core bore.

0.0.641.00 0.0.641.00
4 5 0.0.640.99 ESD 4 5 0.0.640.99 ESD

0.0.642.23 0.0.642.05

0.0.675.16 0.0.675.16
6 8

0.0.696.61 0.0.696.61

M6x22 M6x22

Tube Holder 6 D30 Tube Holder 8 D30

When working with Tube Holder D30, use the Threaded Insert
mentioned above with an M6 diameter to connect a (profile)
tube to a profile from the MB Building Kit System. In the case F F
of a Profile 6 D30, an M6x22 thread needs to be tapped into
the core bore.

F = 500 N

In the case of overhangs and cantilever arms, the loading

moment requires a metal Threaded Insert such as Threaded M = 20 Nm
Insert, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty M6 (0.0.696.61) or a
screw attachment to Profile 6 D30 via a thread tapped into the
core bore.

66
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

⌀3 &4%
0 Tube Holder 6 D30
Bracket D30, St, bright zinc-plated
2 T-Slot Nuts 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991 M6x20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 69.0 g

75
1 set 0.0.642.23
30
4

⌀3 &4% 
0 Tube Holder 8 D30
Bracket D30, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut F 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991 M6x20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 71.0 g
75

1 set 0.0.642.05
30
4

67
FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Adapter D30/D28
Adapter D30/D28.6
■ For connecting steel tubes to Profile Tube System D30
■ Firm hold for tubes with a diameter of 28 and 28.6 mm
■ Available in two lengths

Backed the wrong horse? We have something that might just

help: Adapter D30/D28 and Adapter D30/D28.6 can be used
to connect old steel tubes with a plastic sheathing (28 or
28.6 mm diameter) easily to the state-of-the-art world of Profile
Tube System D30 in aluminium.
The Adapters are available in lengths of 25 and 37 mm.
Note: Please note the load limits, which are due to the use of
plastic components.

Ø3 Ø2
0 8
Ø28

Ø30

0.0.630.61

0.0.638.88 0.0.623.56
0.0.642.62 0.0.623.56

Connect a steel tube (⌀ 28 mm) to an item Profile Tube D30 Thanks to Adapter D30/D28-37, it couldn’t be easier to make
simply by inserting Adapter D30/D28-25 into an item Fastener the transition to a whole new dimension: Simply attach the
D30 and the connection will hold firm. Adapter to the tube (⌀ 28 mm), place a Tube Adapter D30
over it and the way is clear for extending your old structure
using the innovative Profile Tube System D30.

68
 FASTENING TECHNOLOGY

Ø3 Ø2
0 8.6
Ø28.6

Ø30
0.0.630.61

0.0.677.91 0.0.623.56
0.0.677.92 0.0.623.56

Depending on the connection type, a steel tube (⌀ 28.6 mm)

can be connected to an item (Profile) Tube D30 using either the
shorter Adapter D30/D28.6-25 (0.0.677.92) and a Fastener
D30 (0.0.623.56) or the longer Adapter D30/D28.6-37
(0.0.677.91) and a Tube Adapter D30 (0.0.630.61).

Ø30 Adapter D30/D28-25

PA-GF
m = 2.5 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.642.62
25
Ø28

Ø30 Adapter D30/D28-37

PA-GF
m = 3.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.638.88
37
Ø28

Ø30 Adapter D30/D28.6-25

PA-GF
m = 2.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.677.92
25
Ø28.6

Ø30 Adapter D30/D28.6-37

PA-GF
m = 3.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.677.91
37
Ø28.6

69
FASTENING ELEMENTS

Fastening elements

Keep a firm hold on what really matters! Fastening elements Your requirements are also the deciding factor for everything
connect frames to working surfaces, feet, castors and other when it comes to configuring production equipment and
accessories. adding functional elements. Threaded Inserts in various
The versatile fastening elements in the Lean Production sizes make it easy to connect adjustable feet, castors and
Building Kit System give you the flexibility you need to other accessories.
custom design your factory equipment. For instance, you Note: The section on lean work bench design includes
can equip tables with the working surface you need, divide hooks and holders for fixing tools and working materials in
up levels and fill in the sides of frames. item fastening place as well as systems for displaying labels and routing
elements give you full freedom when it comes to choosing cables.
materials.

70
 FASTENING ELEMENTS

Products in this section

Threaded Inserts Threaded Inserts, Profile Multiblock D30 Panel-Fixing Profiles D30 Panel Fastener D30
◾ For securing Tube D30 heavy duty ◾ Stable aluminium fixing for Panel-Fixing Strips D30 ◾ For screw-attaching panel
Adjustable Feet and ◾ Especially strong thread panels and attachments ◾ Plastic lips hold the panel elements
attachments ◾ Self-tapping metal inserts ◾ Can be fastened from five element ◾ Enables simple height
◾ Various thread sizes directions ◾ No profile machining compensation
available necessary

72 75 77 78 80

Tube Clamp D30 Table-Top Fastening Set Table-Top Fastening Table-Top Side Fastening Spring Clip D30/30-32
◾ For lightweight attach- D30 Bracket D30 Bracket D30 ◾ Stainless steel clip
ments ◾ For screw-attaching panels ◾ For suspending panels of ◾ Reduces deflection in ◾ Simple release via pulling
◾ Plastic clasp ensures ◾ Table top lies over the any thickness shelves and table tops motion
gentle hold struts ◾ Table top lies between the ◾ Additional support for large ◾ Suitable as a temporary
struts and thin panels fastening

81 82 83 84 85

Brackets D30
◾ Fasten Tubes to crossing
profiles with a Line 6 or 8
groove
◾ Ideal for supporting roller
conveyors

86

71
FASTENING ELEMENTS

Threaded Inserts D30

■ For securing adjustable feet, castors and attachments
■ End-face Insert for tubes and profile tubes
■ Various thread sizes and designs available

&4%

The universal fixing for all attachments: Threaded Inserts D30

are inserted into the end face of a (Profile) Tube D30. The
stable thread is ideal for installing castors, adjustable feet,
panels and brackets.
Threaded Insert D30 is available in M6, M8 and M10 variants,
with an ESD-safe option for each variant.
Threaded Inserts Profile Tube D30 Al are ideal for construc-
tions that involve high lateral forces or vibrations. They are
made of aluminium and, when used in Karakuri/LCA applica-
tions, ensure long-term precision for moving components. They
are ESD-safe as standard.
There are also suitable Threaded Inserts for Profile Tube D40/
D30 (0.0.666.63).
Note: Threads in a special dimension larger than M6 can also
be tapped into Threaded Insert M6 Al.

F F
F F

0.0.666.63
0.0.628.28
30

M
34

33
5

M
M M

Fmax = 2000 N Fmax = 500 N Fmax = 2000 N Fmax = 2000 N

Permissible tightening torque Tip:

When securing swivel castors it is advisable to
a Mmax use an additional screw fixing agent.
M6 12 Nm
M8 16 Nm
M10 20 Nm

72
 FASTENING ELEMENTS

F F

0.0.628.28 0.0.666.63
0.0.675.18 0.0.673.68

33
34

5
5

M M

Fmax = 500 N Fmax = 500 N

Threaded Insert D30 M6

a
2 threaded insert halves D30, PA-GF
Hexagon nut M6x30, St, bright zinc-plated
a = M6 m = 55.0 g
50

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 set 0.0.641.00

5

&4%
Threaded Insert D30 M6 ESD
Ø3

2 threaded insert halves D30, PA-GF, ESD

0

Hexagon nut M6x30, St, bright zinc-plated

a = M6 m = 55.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 set 0.0.640.99

Threaded Insert D30 M8

2 threaded insert halves D30, PA-GF
Hexagon nut M8x30, St, bright zinc-plated
a = M8 m = 51.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 set 0.0.640.96
&4%
Threaded Insert D30 M8 ESD
2 threaded insert halves D30, PA-GF, ESD
Hexagon nut M8x30, St, bright zinc-plated
a = M8 m = 51.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 set 0.0.640.98

Threaded Insert D30 M10

2 threaded insert halves D30, PA-GF
Hexagon nut M10x30, St, bright zinc-plated
a = M10 m = 50.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 set 0.0.634.36
&4%
Threaded Insert D30 M10 ESD
2 threaded insert halves D30, PA-GF, ESD
Hexagon nut M10x30, St, bright zinc-plated
a = M10 m = 50.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 set 0.0.640.82

73
FASTENING ELEMENTS

Ø13/14 Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30 M6 Al

&4%
a
Al
a = M6 m = 30.0 g

34
5
natural, 1 pce. 0.0.675.16
Ø30 &4%
Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30 M8 Al
Al
a = M8 m = 29.0 g
natural, 1 pce. 0.0.675.17
&4%
Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30 M10 Al
Al
a = M10 m = 27.0 g
natural, 1 pce. 0.0.675.18

a Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D40 M8 Al

&4%

Al
a = M8 m = 73.0 g
33
5

natural, 1 pce. 0.0.673.71

&4%
Ø40 Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D40 M10 Al
Al
a = M10 m = 71.0 g
natural, 1 pce. 0.0.673.68

74
 FASTENING ELEMENTS

Threaded Inserts, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty

■ Especially strong thread
■ Self-tapping metal inserts
■ For large compressive and tensile loads

&4%

The combination for a particularly strong hold: These Thread-

ed Inserts accommodate extremely high compressive and
tensile loading in the reinforced Profile Tubes D30 heavy duty.
The self-tapping inserts make it possible to screw all kinds of
attachments to the end face of a Profile Tube D30 heavy duty
or Profile Tube D30-45° heavy duty. They are available for M6,
M8, M10 and M12 threads and are typically used to attach
adjustable feet and castors.

Prior to installation, screw a suitable Hexagon Socket Head

Cap Screw with lock nut into Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30
heavy duty. Use the screw and lock nut to drive the Threaded
Insert into the end face of the Profile Tube D30 heavy duty. The 1.
Threaded Insert is self-tapping. Next, loosen the lock nut and
remove the screw to free up the thread.
2. 4.
Note: Threaded Insert Profile Tube D30 heavy duty M6
(0.0.696.61) is screwed directly into place using an 8 A/F
hexagon socket. 3.

5. 7.

6.

Threaded Inserts, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty can accommo-

date extraction forces of up to Fmax = 20000 N. The load limits
of Profile Tube D30 heavy duty and the screw (particularly in
the case of an M6 diameter) must be factored in for construc- F
tions.

75
FASTENING ELEMENTS

6.5
&4%
Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty M6

M6
St, bright zinc-plated
m = 23.0 g
8 1 pce. 0.0.696.61
M16x1.5

M8 Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty M8

&4%
6
St, bright zinc-plated
m = 18.6 g
1 pce. 0.0.672.18
M16x1.5

M10 Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty M10

&4%
6
St, bright zinc-plated
m = 15.4 g
1 pce. 0.0.672.19
M16x1.5

M12 Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty M12

&4%
6
St, bright zinc-plated
m = 11.2 g
1 pce. 0.0.648.64
M16x1.5

76
 FASTENING ELEMENTS

Multiblock D30
■ Versatile fixing for panels and attachments
■ Stable hold on the contour of the Profile Tube

&4%

The all-rounder for fastenings of all types: Strong Multiblock

D30 made of aluminium can be used to reliably connect panel
elements and all sorts of components. Attachments can be
screwed to five sides.
The two halves of Multiblock D30 have different heights, which
ensures the fixing can be made with the perfect fit. Levels can
be varied depending on how the fastener is oriented, which is
useful when compensating for the height difference associated
with Fastener D30, for example.
Multiblock D30 is fastened to a Profile Tube D30 or Profile 6
D30. A Tube Adapter D30 is required to fit it to a Tube D30. Tip:
Caps D30 F can be used to cover over the screw fixings of Two thin Multiblock halves can also be
Multiblock D30. Up to four can be used on each Multiblock. used together, e.g. when working in a
particularly tight space.

10
0

s
15

s
29

35
s

12
20
18
10.5

19

s
20

33.5
35

1. Fastening a panel to a vertical profile 2. Fastening a panel along the length of a profile, 3. Fastening a panel along the length
clearance 0 and 5 mm of a profile, clearance 20 mm

5 &4%
Multiblock D30
20 Multiblock D30 half M6 K, die-cast aluminium, natural
38

Multiblock D30 half M6 G, die-cast aluminium, natural

Square nut DIN 557-M6-5, St, bright zinc-plated
20

⌀6. 2 hexagon nuts DIN 934 M6-I8I-5, St, bright zinc-plated

4
19 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6x22, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 71.5 g
14 1 set 0.0.629.96
19

10 Ø13 Cap D30 F

PA-GB
m = 0.2 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.629.80

77
FASTENING ELEMENTS

Panel-Fixing Profiles D30

Panel-Fixing Strips D30
■■ Rattle-free panel fixing
■■ No screws required
■■ For panels in a thickness of 1 to 10 mm

&4%

The quickest way to fasten a panel: Panel-Fixing Profiles D30

and Panel-Fixing Strips D30 can be used to fasten panels in
place almost continuously along all their edges. They prevent
direct contact between the panel element and the supporting
profile. This helps to lower noise levels and offers protection
from splashes and dirt.
Panel-Fixing Profile D30 3-5 mm comes in one piece. It clips
onto a Profile Tube D30 and a panel element that is between
3 and 5 mm thick is slotted into it. The ESD-safe variant of
Panel-Fixing Profile D30 can be identified as such because it
is made of black plastic.
The Panel-Fixing Strip comes in two parts. First, clip the main
part – Panel-Fixing Strip D30 (0.0.675.37) – onto the Profile
Tube D30. Next, simply lay the panel element in place. Finally, When using Fasteners D30, internal, there
depending on the panel element you are using, press Panel- is no need to cut away part of the strip or
Fixing Strip D30 1-4mm or Panel-Fixing Strip D30 8-10mm into profile at the corners.
place at the side.
Panel-Fixing Profile D30 and Panel-Fixing Strips D30 can be
easily cut to size using item Multi-Purpose Pliers.

8-10
3-5 1-4
0.0.683.89
0.0.675.38
0.0.675.37
0.0.649.29 0.0.675.37
19

0.0.652.81 ESD
20

19

9
9
5

2.5

Panel-Fixing Profile D30 3-5mm

24.6

PP
m = 97.0 g/m
22.3
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.649.29

&4%
Panel-Fixing Profile D30 3-5mm ESD
PP-ESD
m = 113.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.652.81

78
 FASTENING ELEMENTS

20 Panel-Fixing Strip D30

PE-HD
m = 119.0 g/m

23.8
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.675.37

Panel-Fixing Strip D30 1-4mm

15.1
PE-HD
12 m = 48.0 g/m
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.675.38

Panel-Fixing Strip D30 8-10mm

15.1
PE-HD
12 m = 40.0 g/m
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.683.89

79
FASTENING ELEMENTS

Panel Fastener D30

■ For screw-attaching panel elements
■ Variable installation thanks to integrated height adjuster

The universal fixing for panel elements: Panel Fastener D30

can be used on both Tubes D30 and Profile Tubes D30. De-
pending on the installation scenario, the basic unit can be used
alone or in combination with the supplied height adjuster. The
two components are screwed together and fully encompass
the carrying tube. This means panels can be connected at
many different positions and to all (Profile) Tubes D30.
Panels that are subject to light mechanical stresses can be
fitted to Panel Fastener D30, such as cladding elements,
screening and splash protection.

Panel Fastener D30 supports a wide range of fixing options: 27±1

Panel elements can be installed inside a frame of tubes or pass 19
s

s
over a tube structure. The enclosed height adjuster positions
the panel element above the Fastener D30 with external
clamping technology.

10
19
24
1
s

s
9
14

20
1

27±1

55 Panel Fastener D30

Height adjuster, PA-GB, grey, similar to RAL 7042
10

Basic unit, PA-GB, grey, similar to RAL 7042

Button-Head Screw T4x12, St, bright zinc-plated
⌀30 Square nut DIN 557-M5-5, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 19.2 g
□14

1 set 0.0.630.74

80
 FASTENING ELEMENTS

Tube Clamp D30

■ For lightweight attachments
■ Plastic clasp ensures gentle hold
■ Easy to install and quickly removed

Tube Clamp D30 can be used to install panels quickly, includ-

s
ing when something is to be set up on a temporary basis only.
The simple fastening clip simply latches onto the outside of a

8
10
Tube D30 or Profile Tube D30.
Tube Clamp D30 is intended for use with lightweight attach-
ments. It is fitted quickly with no need for tools and is therefore
also simple to remove. A hexagon nut M5 can be inserted into
Tube Clamp D30 to screw the panel element into place.

3 Tube Clamp D30

∅5. 8
4
PA-GB
m = 8.7 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.630.83
⌀30
14

81
FASTENING ELEMENTS

Table-Top Fastening Set D30

■ Stable hold thanks to screw-attached clip
■ Table top lies over the struts

Table-Top Fastening Set D30 is used to install chipboard or 27.7

multi-ply panels in D30 tube constructions in next to no time.
Strong steel clips ensure a strong hold. The enclosed screws
secure the fastening set to the panel element and (Profile)
20
Tube D30.
Table-Top Fastening Set D30 ensures the panel is flush with
5
the Fasteners D30 of the substructure. This prevents any
movement that would otherwise be caused by a variation in
heights.

The clip of Table-Top Fastening Set D30 is laid over the Tube
D30 and fastened directly to the table top with the enclosed
screw, which is driven through the plastic spacer.
The plastic spacer beds the clip in place and creates the 5 mm
gap that is necessary when using Fasteners D30.
Note: Slide Strip D30 (0.0.634.42) or Slide Strip D30 ESD
(0.0.634.55) can be used to cover the gap between the table
top and profile tube.

28 59 Table-Top Fastening Set D30

Sheet material, St, bright zinc-plated
39

Spacer, PA-GF, grey similar to RAL 7042

Screw 6x25-TX30, St, bright zinc-plated
8.5

2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated

Ø30 m = 65.0 g
1 set 0.0.646.91

82
 FASTENING ELEMENTS

Table-Top Fastening Bracket D30

■ For suspending panels of any thickness
■ Table top lies between the struts
■ Also suitable for strong shelves

&4%

The rapid solution for supporting horizontal panels: Position

one Table-Top Fastening Bracket D30 in each corner of a D30 134.5
frame and place on top any panel material – that’s all it takes 104.6 20

2.2
to create strong shelving for storage systems or workpiece
carriers, etc.
If required, Table-Top Fastening Bracket D30 can also be 5
screwed to the panel and (Profile) Tube D30, thereby further

114.2
stabilising the frame.
63.7

10.7 5

&4%
Table-Top Fastening Bracket D30
Sheet material, St, bright zinc-plated
⌀ 2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 91.0 g
29

2
1 set 0.0.647.11
⌀

83
FASTENING ELEMENTS

Table-Top Side Fastening Bracket D30

■ Reduces deflection in panel elements
■ Complements Table-Top Fastening Bracket D30

&4%

A stronger hold for shelves and table tops: Large and thin
panel elements that are resting on Table-Top Fastening Bracket

5
D30, require additional support. Table-Top Side Fastening
Bracket D30 is the answer. It reduces deflection.
First, place Table-Top Side Fastening Bracket D30 anywhere
on the load-carrying (Profile) Tube D30 and fix it in place with
the enclosed screw. Next, put the panel element in place and
screw it tightly to the bracket.
0.0.647.11
Alternatively, you can fasten the brackets to the panel element
first and then simply hang them on the frame.
37.2

0.0.658.33

2.2
10.7 5

40 &4%
Table-Top Side Fastening Bracket D30
Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
29

Button-Head Screw, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated

5
26. m = 75.0 g
0 1 set 0.0.658.33
Ø3
⌀6.3
2

84
 FASTENING ELEMENTS

Spring Clip D30/30-32

■ Made from stainless spring steel
■ Universal clip
■ Clamps components with a diameter of 30 mm

&4%

For those times you need three hands: Spring Clip D30/30-32
is the convenient way to temporarily hold in place (Profile)
Tubes D30 or tools with a diameter of 30 to 32 mm.
The clip grips tools quickly and firmly and releases them just
as fast.

32 ⌀6.5 Spring Clip D30/30-32

&4%
14 30

St, stainless
m = 54.0 g
⌀30

1 pce. 0.0.660.98
⌀3
2

85
FASTENING ELEMENTS

Brackets D30
■ Fast and firm hold for crossmembers
■ Torsion-resistant connection to profiles with a Line 6 or 8 groove
■ Also available as compact version with one flat bracket

 &4%

A slender solution for a secure hold: Brackets D30 connect a

(Profile) Tube D30 to a profile that crosses it and has a Line
6 or 8 groove. The brackets are flat and yet extremely torsion
resistant.
Brackets D30 T2 are even more compact, ensuring connec-
tions can also be made close to the end of the profile. Thanks
to their shortened geometry with just one flat bracket, only
one T-Slot Nut is needed. The tube and bracket are securely
connected using the enclosed self-tapping screw. Due to their
compact design, Brackets D30 T2 are also the perfect choice
for Karakuri/LCA applications where components pivot past
each other in the tightest of spaces.
When ordering, please ensure you select the correct version
for profiles with either a Line 6 or Line 8 groove.
Note: Table-Top Fastening Set D30 should be used when 0.0.658.26 6

installing panel elements, as its spacer compensates for the 8

0.0.660.57 0.0.658.69
0.0.658.25
height difference caused by Fastener D30.

0.0.628.56

Brackets D30 can be used to secure cross-

0.0.658.69 members directly underneath roller conveyors
with a Line 6 or 8 groove.

0.0.628.56
0.0.658.26

When screwing Brackets D30 to profiles, a

tightening torque of 10 Nm should be used.
By contrast, the maximum tightening torque
when fitting the brackets to aluminium roller
conveyors (Roller Conveyors 6 40x40 and
M = 10 Nm 80x40 and Roller Conveyor 8 D30) is 5 Nm.

86
 FASTENING ELEMENTS

Compact Brackets D30 T2 are used when components pivot

past each other or when there is little space due to the instal-
lation scenario. Bracket D30 T2 and the (profile) tube must be
screwed together using the self-tapping screw supplied with
the bracket.

0.0.658.69

0.0.677.94 0.0.628.56

&4%
77. Bracket 6 D30
57. 5
2.5

4.3 7 Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated

2 T-Slot Nuts 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 5 Nm m = 71.0 g
8
22. 1 set 0.0.658.26

&4% 
77. Bracket 8 D30
57. 5
2.5

4.3 7 Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated

2 T-Slot Nuts 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x15, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 5 Nm m = 84.0 g
8
22. 1 set 0.0.658.25

2.5 56. &4%

4.3 5 Bracket 6 D30 T2
Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
Ø30.5 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
8
22. Button-Head Screw, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 5 Nm m = 60.0 g
1 set 0.0.677.94

2.5 56. &4% 

4.3 5 Bracket 8 D30 T2
Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
Ø30.5 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M6x15, St, bright zinc-plated
8
22. Button-Head Screw, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
M = 5 Nm m = 67.0 g
1 set 0.0.677.93

87
FLOOR ELEMENTS

Floor elements

Nifty movement or a stable footing? The floor elements of To ensure a long-lasting secure footing and compensate for
the Lean Production Building Kit System can do both. height differences, you can use adjustable feet and knuckle
Strong castors in a range of diameters form the basis for feet, which can be anchored in a Tube D30 or Profile Tube
transport trolleys and intralogistics solutions. A robust de- D30 using Threaded Inserts D30 (see section on fastening
sign and abrasion-resistant materials ensure a long service elements). A Flange can also be used to fix directly to the
life, while ESD-safe castors are available to provide added floor.
safety for sensitive assemblies. In addition to components from the Lean Production Build-
Since every transport operation comes with its own specific ing Kit System, the numerous adjustable feet and knuckle
requirements, item offers a wide range of swivel castors, feet from the MB Building Kit System can also be used.
fixed castors and swivel castors with double-brake. Optional You can find all the components in the item Online Shop at:
swivel locks, which turn a swivel castor into a rigid fixed item24.de/en/shop
castor, are useful in helping improve the handling of trains.

88
 FLOOR ELEMENTS

Products in this section

Swivel Castors 140x110 Swivel castors with double Fixed castors 140x110 Swivel Locks for Castors Swivel castors 120x40
◾ Precisely controllable brake 140x110 ◾ Stable straight running swivel 140x110 ◾ Narrow connecting plate
◾ ESD-safe castors available ◾ Brakes for secure stability ◾ ESD-safe castors available ◾ Add-on for swivel castors ◾ ESD-safe castors available
◾ ESD-safe castors available ◾ Fixed, straight running as
necessary

90 90 90 97 98

Flange D30-90x90 Flange D30 90x90-80 Levelling knuckle feet

◾ Universal connecting plate ◾ Integrated fastener ◾ With height and slope
for walls, floors, etc. ◾ High load-carrying capacity compensation
◾ Suitable for two (Profile) ◾ Fasten to floors and walls ◾ Metal or plastic foot plate
Tubes ◾ ESD-safe variants available

99 100 101

89
FLOOR ELEMENTS

Castors
■ Ball bearing for smooth running
■ High load-carrying capacity of up to 400 kg per castor
■ Easy to install thanks to connecting plate

 &4%

item swivel and fixed castors satisfy the high requirements in

industry and the skilled trades. The robust castors, available in
diameters D100, D125, D160 and D200, are easy-running and
ideally suited to typical transport tasks. Each can be supplied
as a swivel castor, swivel castor with double-brake or a fixed
castor – and each in a standard and an ESD-safe design.
Swivel castors with a double brake feature a locking brake that
locks the wheel in its current position via a foot-operated catch.
If a swivel castor needs to be kept running straight for trans-
port purposes, with no swivelling motion, this can be achieved
using Swivel Locks for Castors swivel 140x110.
The integrated connecting plate with four holes provides a Swivel and Fixed Castors can be fixed to frames made using
stable fixing. Fastening Set 8 for Castor swivel/fixed 140x110 Line 8 profiles via the four holes in the integrated connecting
is used to install the castors. plate. Alternatively, the Castors can be fixed to two parallel
Stable ball bearings help ensure the castors provide a long Profiles 8 D30. These tubes from Profile Tube System D30
service life. The tyre of the wheels consists of high-grade, feature an integral Line 8 groove. The corresponding Fastening
abrasion-resistant polyurethane. A dust shield stops long fibres Set 8 for Castor swivel/fixed makes installation easy.
from wrapping around the wheel axis.
Note: The ESD-safe castors have a lower maximum load-
carrying capacity than the standard variants. When an appli-
cation involves higher castor loads, it is advisable to opt for a
larger wheel diameter.

Castor D100 fixed 140x110

Castor D125 swivel with double-brake 140x110 ESD

90
 FLOOR ELEMENTS

Radius of swivel (a)

Discharge capacity
Radius of swivel (a)
Screw hole spacing
Wheel diameter

Tyre hardness
Load-carrying

with optional
Art. No. ESD Product name

Swivel Lock
Max. speed

Height (h)

Offset (b)
Plate size
capacity

Tyre
[mm] [kg] [km/h] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ω] [Shore A]

0.0.667.16 Castor D100 swivel 140x110 100 200 4 140x100 130 105x75-80 95 150 45 — TPU 94

&4%
0.0.667.17 Castor D100 swivel 140x110 ESD 100 130 4 140x100 130 105x75-80 95 150 45 ≤109 TPU 94
Castor D100 swivel
0.0.667.18 100 200 4 140x100 130 105x75-80 137 — 45 — TPU 94
with double-brake 140x110
&4% Castor D100 swivel with
0.0.667.19 100 130 4 140x100 130 105x75-80 137 — 45 ≤109 TPU 94
double-brake 140x110 ESD
0.0.667.20 Castor D100 fixed 140x110 100 200 4 140x100 130 105x75-80 — — 45 — TPU 94

&4%
0.0.667.21 Castor D100 fixed 140x110 ESD 100 130 4 140x100 130 105x75-80 — — 45 ≤109 TPU 94

0.0.667.22 Castor D125 swivel 140x110 125 250 4 140x100 155 105x75-80 110 150 48 — TPU 94

&4%
0.0.667.23 Castor D125 swivel 140x110 ESD 125 160 4 140x100 155 105x75-80 110 150 48 ≤109 TPU 94
Castor D125 swivel
0.0.667.24 125 250 4 140x100 155 105x75-80 137 — 48 — TPU 94
with double-brake 140x110
&4% Castor D125 swivel with
0.0.667.25 125 160 4 140x100 155 105x75-80 137 — 48 ≤109 TPU 94
double-brake 140x110 ESD
0.0.667.26 Castor D125 fixed 140x110 125 250 4 140x100 155 105x75-80 — — 48 — TPU 94

&4%
0.0.667.27 Castor D125 fixed 140x110 ESD 125 160 4 140x100 155 105x75-80 — — 48 ≤109 TPU 94

0.0.667.29 Castor D160 swivel 140x110 160 400 4 140x100 195 105x75-80 140 170 60 — TPU 94

&4%
0.0.667.30 Castor D160 swivel 140x110 ESD 160 260 4 140x100 195 105x75-80 140 170 60 ≤109 TPU 94
Castor D160 swivel
0.0.667.31 160 400 4 140x100 195 105x75-80 168 — 60 — TPU 94
with double-brake 140x110
&4% Castor D160 swivel with
0.0.667.32 160 260 4 140x100 195 105x75-80 168 — 60 ≤109 TPU 94
double-brake 140x110 ESD
0.0.667.33 Castor D160 fixed 140x110 160 400 4 140x100 195 105x75-80 — — 60 — TPU 94

&4%
0.0.667.34 Castor D160 fixed 140x110 ESD 160 260 4 140x100 195 105x75-80 — — 60 ≤109 TPU 94

0.0.667.35 Castor D200 swivel 140x110 200 400 4 140x100 235 105x75-80 163 170 65 — TPU 94

&4%
0.0.667.36 Castor D200 swivel 140x110 ESD 200 260 4 140x100 235 105x75-80 163 170 65 ≤109 TPU 94
Castor D200 swivel
0.0.667.37 200 400 4 140x100 235 105x75-80 184 — 65 — TPU 94
with double-brake 140x110
&4% Castor D200 swivel with
0.0.667.38 200 260 4 140x100 235 105x75-80 184 — 65 ≤109 TPU 94
double-brake 140x110 ESD
0.0.667.39 Castor D200 fixed 140x110 200 400 4 140x100 235 105x75-80 — — 65 — TPU 94

&4%
0.0.667.40 Castor D200 fixed 140x110 ESD 200 260 4 140x100 235 105x75-80 — — 65 ≤109 TPU 94

91
FLOOR ELEMENTS

Castor series Castor series Castor series Castor series

Chemical resistance
D100 D125 D160 D200
 = yes, − = no TPU &4%
TPU &4%
TPU &4%
TPU &4%

Water        
Salt water        
Road-salt solution − − − − − − − −
Mineral oils        
Animal and vegetable fats        
Diesel oil        
Petrol        
Acidic cleaning agents − − − − − − − −
Soap solutions up to approx. 50°C        

a a
b b

h
h

The specified carrying capacities are maximum values under

ideal operating conditions, at walking speed (max. 4 km/h) and
110 over smooth and flat surfaces. If the floor is uneven and weight
140 75
80 badly distributed, the load on the castor should be calculated
105 in accordance with the following formula:
11
3.5

dead weight of frame|trolley + payload

F=
Number of castors -1

0.0.670.19
(D100/D125)
0.0.670.48
(D160/D200)

0.0.667.16 0.0.667.29
0.0.667.17 ESD 0.0.667.30 ESD
0.0.667.22 0.0.667.35
0.0.667.23 ESD 0.0.667.36 ESD

92
 FLOOR ELEMENTS

The following applies to all the products below:

Fork, St, bright zinc-plated
Wheel axle with ball bearing
Dust shield
Wheel body PA
Tyre TPU, 94 Sh A, grey

110 Castor D100 swivel 140x110

80
140 5 75 Load-carrying capacity 200 kg/Castor
10 m = 1.1 kg
11 1 pce. 0.0.667.16

3.5
130
&4%
Castor D100 swivel 140x110 ESD
Load-carrying capacity 130 kg/Castor
m = 1.1 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.17

32

110 Castor D100 swivel with double-brake 140x110

80
140 75 Load-carrying capacity 200 kg/Castor
105 m = 1.4 kg
11 1 pce. 0.0.667.18
3.5
130

&4%
Castor D100 swivel with double-brake 140x110 ESD
Load-carrying capacity 130 kg/Castor
m = 1.4 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.19

32

110 Castor D100 fixed 140x110

140 75
80
Load-carrying capacity 200 kg/Castor
105
m = 800.0 g
11
1 pce. 0.0.667.20

&4%
Castor D100 fixed 140x110 ESD
130

Load-carrying capacity 130 kg/Castor

m = 800.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.667.21

32

93
FLOOR ELEMENTS

The following applies to all the products below:

Fork, St, bright zinc-plated
Wheel axle with ball bearing
Dust shield
Wheel body PA
Tyre TPU, 94 Sh A, grey

110 Castor D125 swivel 140x110

140 75
80
Load-carrying capacity 250 kg/Castor
105
m = 1.3 kg
11 1 pce. 0.0.667.22

3.5
&4%
Castor D125 swivel 140x110 ESD

155
Load-carrying capacity 160 kg/Castor
m = 1.3 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.23

32

110 Castor D125 swivel with double-brake 140x110

80
140 75 Load-carrying capacity 250 kg/Castor
105 m = 1.5 kg
11 1 pce. 0.0.667.24
3.5
155

&4%
Castor D125 swivel with double-brake 140x110 ESD
Load-carrying capacity 160 kg/Castor
m = 1.5 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.25

32

Castor D125 fixed 140x110

Load-carrying capacity 250 kg/Castor
m = 1.0 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.26

&4%
Castor D125 fixed 140x110 ESD
Load-carrying capacity 160 kg/Castor
m = 1.0 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.27

32

94
 FLOOR ELEMENTS

The following applies to all the products below:

Fork, St, bright zinc-plated
Wheel axle with ball bearing
Dust shield
Wheel body PA
Tyre TPU, 94 Sh A, grey

Castor D160 swivel 140x110

80
Load-carrying capacity 400 kg/Castor
m = 2.1 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.29

4
&4%
Castor D160 swivel 140x110 ESD
Load-carrying capacity 260 kg/Castor
m = 2.1 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.30

40

110 Castor D160 swivel with double-brake 140x110

80
75 Load-carrying capacity 400 kg/Castor
140 m = 2.6 kg
105
1 pce. 0.0.667.31
11
4

&4%
Castor D160 swivel with double-brake 140x110 ESD
195

Load-carrying capacity 260 kg/Castor

m = 2.6 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.32

40

110 Castor D160 fixed 140x110

140 75
80
Load-carrying capacity 400 kg/Castor
105
m = 1.4 kg
11
1 pce. 0.0.667.33

&4%
Castor D160 fixed 140x110 ESD
Load-carrying capacity 260 kg/Castor
195

m = 1.4 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.34

40

95
FLOOR ELEMENTS

Castor D200 swivel 140x110

75 Load-carrying capacity 400 kg/Castor
m = 2.4 kg
11
1 pce. 0.0.667.35

4
&4%
Castor D200 swivel 140x110 ESD

235
Load-carrying capacity 260 kg/Castor
m = 2.4 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.36

110 Castor D200 swivel with double-brake 140x110

80
Load-carrying capacity 400 kg/Castor
140 m = 2.9 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.37
4

11
&4%
Castor D200 swivel with double-brake 140x110 ESD
Load-carrying capacity 260 kg/Castor
m = 2.9 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.38

40

Castor D200 fixed 140x110

75 Load-carrying capacity 400 kg/Castor
11
m = 1.6 kg
1 pce. 0.0.667.39

&4%
Castor D200 fixed 140x110 ESD
Load-carrying capacity 260 kg/Castor
m = 1.6 kg
235

1 pce. 0.0.667.40

Note:
Order the number of Fastening Sets 8 for Castor swivel/fixed (0.0.670.18)
that you need for your installation scenario. The castors can be screwed to
the frame with three or four fastening sets. Swivel locks use two holes and
are supplied with adapted fastening elements.

&4% 
Fastening Set 8 for Castor swivel/fixed 140x110
Button-Head Screw ISO 7380 M8x16, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-2-8-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 25.0 g
1 set 0.0.670.18

96
 FLOOR ELEMENTS

Swivel Locks for Swivel Castors 140x110

■ For Castors with an integrated connecting plate
■ Fixes the direction of travel of a Swivel Castor
■ Operated by foot

 &4%

0.0.670.19
For control and manoeuvrability: Swivel locks temporarily (D100/D125)
convert a swivel castor into a fixed castor. As a result, users 0.0.670.48
benefit from the advantages of both concepts. While using (D160/D200)
four swivel castors ensures transport trolleys can be precisely
positioned, one pair should be fixed so that the trolley can be
relied on to travel in a straight line during transport.
The swivel lock is easily operated by foot, with no need to bend 0.0.667.16 0.0.667.29
over. It can also be retrofitted to swivel castors that have a 0.0.667.17 ESD 0.0.667.30 ESD
140x110 connecting plate. The necessary fastening elements 0.0.667.22 0.0.667.35
0.0.667.23 ESD 0.0.667.36 ESD
are included in the scope of supply. Swivel Lock D100/D125
(0.0.670.19) and Swivel Lock D160/D200 (0.0.670.48) are
available to suit the relevant castor sizes.
Note: Swivel locks cannot be fitted to a swivel castor with
double-brake and are not a locking brake for the wheel. They
cannot be fitted to castors with the narrow integrated 120x40
connecting plate either.

Swivel Locks for swivel castors are supplied with appropriate

fastening elements (two Button-Head Screws M8x20). Fasten- M8x16
ing Set 8 for Castor swivel/fixed 140x110 (Button-Head Screw 0.0.670.18
M8x16) is only installed in holes not used to fit a swivel lock.
M8x16 M8x20
0.0.670.18

&4% 
Swivel Lock for Castor D100/D125 swivel 140x110
106
Swivel Lock for Castor D100/D125 swivel 140x110, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws ISO 7380 M8x20, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Washers ISO 7093-2-8-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
3

2 T-Slot Nuts 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 301.0 g
1 set 0.0.670.19
110
12

&4% 
Swivel Lock for Castor D160/D200 swivel 140x110
123 Swivel Lock for Castor D160/D200 swivel 140x110, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws ISO 7380 M8x20, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Washers ISO 7093-2-8-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
2 T-Slot Nuts 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated
3

12 m = 334.0 g
1 set 0.0.670.48
110

97
FLOOR ELEMENTS

Castors D100 swivel with Connecting Plate 120x40

■ Narrow connecting plate
■ 80 kg load-carrying capacity

&4%

Perfect for small, manoeuvrable trolleys: item Castors D100

swivel are supplied with an integrated, narrow connecting 130
plate. This means the swivel castors can be secured in place
without the need for additional base plates. Featuring two
holes, the connecting plate can be screwed to the profile 10.5
grooves or the core bore of Line 8 profiles.
Note:
You can find a whole range of Castors
with and without integrated connec-
ting plates in the Comprehensive
Catalogue for the MB Building Kit
System and online at: item24.de/en

40

The following applies to all the products below:

Steel sheet casing bright, zinc-plated, black
Swivelling axis with sealed ball bearing
Wheel axle with sealed ball bearing
Dust shield
Tyre TPE, track-free, 90 Sh A, grey
Load-carrying capacity 80 kg/Castor

Ø8.5 Castor D100 swivel 120x40

120 0
8 m = 641.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.633.43
132
3

&4%
40 Castor D100 swivel 120x40 ESD
⌀
m = 654.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.633.44

32 ⌀

Castor D100 swivel with double-brake 120x40

Ø8.5 m = 761.0 g
120 0
8 1 pce. 0.0.639.13
132

&4%
Castor D100 swivel with double-brake 120x40 ESD
3

40
⌀ m = 773.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.633.45

32 ⌀

98
 FLOOR ELEMENTS

Flange D30-90x90
■ Simple and universal
■ For mounting on a wall, floor or any other surface
■ Also suitable for two (Profile) Tubes D30

&4%

The universal wall and floor fixing: Flange D30-90x90 con-

nects frames to any solid surface. Simply screw into place and
it holds!
The three M6 holes in the centre can be used to fix one or two
(Profile) Tubes D30 to a Flange D30-90x90. Adapter 8 D30
(0.0.630.51) or End Connector 8 D30-90° (0.0.629.97) are
used for this purpose. Profile tubes that run parallel to each
other can also be connected together using a Parallel Fastener
D30.
The four M10 holes in the corners are used to make the
connection with the wall or floor. Screw Anchor ST 10x110
(0.0.688.05) or Floor-Fastening Set M10x135 (0.0.485.82)
are used to secure the Flange to the subfloor.
0.0.629.94

0.0.628.28
End Connector 8 61
D30-90° 0.0.629.97

Adapter 8 D30 63
25

0.0.655.54
5

0.0.623.56

0.0.637.87
31.5

18
5

0.0.630.51

&4%
8 Flange D30-90x90
□6 24.3
3 M6 Flange 90x90, St, bright zinc-plated
2 .
4
∅10 2 screws DIN 912 M6x8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 300.0 g
1 set 0.0.655.54
90 90

99
FLOOR ELEMENTS

Flange D30 90x90-80

■ Integrated fastener
■ High load-carrying capacity
■ Fasten to floors and walls

&4%

Unshakeable! Flange D30 90x90-80 is the exceptionally My My = 200 Nm

strong floor fixing for lean frames. The integrated fastener on Fz = 1000 N
the connecting plate encompasses the Profile Tube and resists
Fz
strong displacement forces. The plate is bolted to a solid
surface (floor, wall or steel beam).
Due to the high flexural strength of the Flange, it is strongly ad-
vised to use it with Profile Tube D30 heavy duty. The increased
wall thickness stops the Profile Tube from bending.
0.0.432.97
The Flange is fixed in place using Floor-Fastening Set M8x95
(0.0.432.97). The distance between the fixing holes is the
same as on Flange D30-90x90 (0.0.655.54).
Note: In addition to the maximum load-carrying capacity of the
Flange, it is important to take into account the load limits of the
adjacent components in the construction.

⌀3 Flange D30 90x90-80

&4%
1
Flange D30 90x90-80, St, bright zinc-plated
Grub screw DIN 913-M10x8, St, bright zinc-plated
80

m = 594.0 g
5
1 pce. 0.0.696.05
R5

10
5

2
6
90 8 68

100
 FLOOR ELEMENTS

Knuckle Feet
■ Threaded spindles provide stepless height adjustment
■ Slope compensation via ball-and-socket joint
■ Metal or plastic foot plate

&4%

Dual use: item levelling Knuckle Feet compensate for uneven- A ball and socket joint compensates for
ness in floor surfaces and create a stable footing. They are slopes.
steplessly height adjustable and have a ball joint that compen-
sates for sloping floor surfaces.
The Knuckle Feet are installed into Threaded Inserts D30.
The minimum foot height is obtained by removing the counter
nut. Use item Foot Clamps to fasten them to the floor.

Threaded Inserts D30 72

Load F
Adjustable Foot f1 min f2 max Slope α
(vertical)
D40, M10x80 32 mm 65 mm 1500 N 15°
D40, M10x80 stainless 31 mm 65 mm 12500 N 7°

Note:
Additional Adjustable Feet, Knuckle Feet and Foot
Clamps for fastening feet to the subfloor can be found
in the Comprehensive Catalogue for the MB Building Kit
System and in the item Online Shop: item24.de/en/shop

M10 Knuckle Foot D40, M10x80

Spindle, St, bright zinc-plated
Foot plate, PA, grey similar to RAL 7042
60
83

17 Hexagon nut DIN 934 M10-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 65.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.637.01

&4%
Knuckle Foot D40, M10x80
⌀ Spindle, St, stainless
Foot plate, St, stainless
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M10-5, St, stainless
m = 143.0 g
stainless, 1 pce. 0.0.640.57

101
MATERIAL FLOW

Material flow

Getting your production in full swing: Roller conveyors are that have soft bases safely from A to B, castor balls can
an efficient solution for organising material flow. Contain- help users move workpiece carriers in all directions.
ers, finished parts and consumables roll almost effortlessly All item roller conveyors are delivered preconfigured with
to the station where they are to be used. item roller convey- the desired roller elements. If required, they can also be
ors can be suspended on frames or boost the stability of a supplied in the desired length, so that you can install and
mobile transport solution as a load-bearing element. use them straight away.
Ingenious picking solutions ensure that work benches can Also included in this section are Drawbars for building com-
rely on continuous supplies. Whether heavy workpieces plete trailers and low-abrasion Slide Strips as an alternative
or sensitive components, the Lean Production Building Kit solution for goods transport.
System offers the ideal solution for every application. While
wide rollers can transport objects such as cardboard boxes

102
 MATERIAL FLOW

Products in this section

Roller Conveyor St D30 Roller Conveyor St Fas- Roller Conveyor St Guide Roller Conveyor St 60x24 Roller Conveyor 60 Fas-
◾ The robust basic roller tening Brackets D30 Rails D15 tening Brackets D30
conveyor ◾ Rapid fixing at any angle ◾ Side guidance for con- ◾ Low construction height ◾ Strong and secure
◾ Steel-covered castors ◾ Secure transition at gradi- tainers and high bending strength ◾ Simple transitions
available ent changes ◾ Two variants for different ◾ Wide rollers for transport- ◾ Safe end stop
application scenarios ing goods with uneven
bases

122 #R01# 135 138 140

Fastening Profile D30-60 Guide Rail e 4 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Back Stops D4-23
◾ Fastens Guide Rails e 4 to ◾ Robust railing for Roller E D30 Al Fastening Brackets D30 ◾ Stop loads falling out
Roller Conveyor St 60 Conveyor St 60 ◾ Wide selection of roller ◾ Optimised transition be- ◾ Stop transported goods
◾ Additional frame-fixing ◾ Adds extra rigidity to roller elements tween two Roller Conveyors rolling back
option conveyor ◾ High bending strength 6 E D30
◾ Suitable as a load-bearing ◾ Suitable for roller convey-
element ors in widths of 40 and
80 mm

143 144 146 149 154

Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Roller Conveyor 6 E Castor Ball Insert D16-33
E D30 Fastening Brackets D30 E Guide Rails components ESD
◾ Wide rollers for transport- ◾ Fasten Roller Conveyor 6 ◾ Stable side guides in two ◾ For building customised ◾ For Roller Conveyor 6
ing goods with uneven 80x40 to (Profile) Tubes widths roller conveyors 40x40 E D30
bases D30 ◾ Add extra rigidity to all ◾ Spare parts for roller ◾ Tight packing density
◾ High bending strength ◾ Also available with integrat- Roller Conveyors 6 E D30 elements and rails ◾ Variable conveying height
ed stop

155 157 158 161 166

103
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor 8 D30 Roller Conveyor Al, Fas- Castor Rail 8 Caps Conveyor Rollers TR30 Slide Link D30
◾ Huge selection of roller tening Brackets D30 ◾ Safely cover over cut edges ◾ Transport roller conveyors ◾ Robust metal fitting for
elements and inserts ◾ A firm hold for Castor Rail ◾ Also available with integrat- with end-to-end aluminium simple workpiece removal
◾ Suitable for Interlinking 8 40x40 ed stop or plastic rollers ◾ Installed in no time
work benches ◾ Also available with integrat- ◾ Low angle of inclination
ed stop

167 174 177 179 182

Slide Strip D30 Brush Strip D30 Roller D46/D30 Drawbars D25-686 Drawbar D25-610
◾ Plastic slide strips for the ◾ Gentle guidance for sensi- ◾ Uses (Profile) Tube D30 as ◾ Suitable for high trailer ◾ Low dead weight
simplest conveyor lines tive components an axle loads ◾ Ergonomic self-lifting
◾ Also suitable as simple ◾ Variants for several mount- ◾ For smooth-running mate- ◾ Ergonomic self-lifting mechanism
scratch protection ing locations rial flow mechanism available
◾ Screw-free installation

183 185 186 187 190

Handle D30 KH 300

◾ Ergonomic and standard-
compliant design
◾ Secured against torsion

192

104
 MATERIAL FLOW

An overview of the item roller conveyors

The six product lines have been optimised for different installation scenarios and tasks. Their support profiles differ in terms of their shape,
grooves and material. All item roller conveyors can be ordered fully assembled and in custom lengths. All you have to do is unpack it, install it
and start using it! Alternatively, you can cut the profiles of the roller conveyors to size on site, which is ideal for your CIP workshop.

Roller Conveyor St D30

◾ The robust basic roller conveyor
◾ Steel profile that is easy to machine
◾ Hung on frames at any angle
◾ Huge selection of roller elements; steel-covered castors available

Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15

◾ Extra flat, extra wide, extra strong
◾ Rollers D15 for maximum contact
◾ High bending strength
◾ Suitable as load-bearing component when used with Fastening Profile

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30

◾ Ideal for Karakuri/LCA solutions
◾ Huge selection of roller elements, including Braking Castors
◾ Roller elements can be changed without tools
◾ Highly rigid and suitable as load-bearing element in frames

Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30

◾ All the benefits of Roller Conveyor 6 E in double the width
◾ Wide roller elements for transporting goods with less robust bases
◾ Roller elements can be changed without tools
◾ Highly rigid and suitable as load-bearing element in frames

6 6

Roller Conveyor 8 D30

◾ Large range of roller elements and inserts such as brushes and castor balls
◾ Very rigid – ideal for inherently stable frames in Karakuri/LCA applications
5
◾ Features system grooves at sides and on underside
◾ Particularly suitable for interlinking work benches

Conveyor Rollers TR30

◾ End-to-end rollers in custom widths
◾ Rollers available in aluminium or plastic
◾ Very low angle of inclination is sufficient
◾ Tool-free roller installation and replacement

105
MATERIAL FLOW

Comparison: The right roller conveyor for every task

Roller conveyor model St D30 St 60x24 D15 6 40x40 E D30

Castor D30-23 D30-23 with D30/2-23 D30-23 D15 D30-23 D30-23 with D30/2-23 D11-23
Flanged with Steel Flanged
Wheel Tyres Wheel

SLC, smooth base                      

SLC, honeycomb base                

Card box, small                 

Conveyed load

Card box, large ▂ ▂ ▂ ▂    ▂ ▂ ▂ ▂

Carriers made of hollow                  

chamber panels

Plain parts              

Trays                

Workpiece carrier                    

LCA               

Work bench interlinking              

Usage

Flow rack                       

AGV                  

Deflection              

Efficiency              

Scope for customisation     ▂           

Technical properties

Use as a structural com-                   

ponent

Accessories                     

Clearances                   

Wear resistance                

Attachment options                       

▂ Not advisable  Degree of suitability

106
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller conveyor model 6 80x40 E TR 30 KU TR 30 Al

8 D30
D30

Castor D30-23 D30 D30 with 4xD11

Flanged
Wheel

SLC, smooth base                

SLC, honeycomb base              

Card box, small    ▂            Tip:

This comparison table is designed to
help you make an initial judgment on
Conveyed load

Card box, large   ▂ ▂ ▂      

the right roller conveyor for your needs.
Before placing a final order, item
Carriers made of hollow              
recommends testing your preferred
chamber panels model with the goods it will be used to
transport. Your customer adviser will be
Plain parts              happy to help.

Trays          

Workpiece carrier               

LCA               

Work bench interlinking              

Usage

Flow rack                

AGV                

Deflection               

Efficiency              

Scope for customisation          

Technical properties

Use as a structural com-                  

ponent

Accessories             

Clearances             

Wear resistance            

Attachment options                

▂ Not advisable  Degree of suitability

107
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St D30

Supports Guide Rails e Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets

0.0.658.18 ESD 130 0.0.648.70 136 0.0.642.47 ESD 124 0.0.647.07 ESD 125
0.0.648.72 ESD

0.0.647.10 ESD 130

0.0.639.01 136 0.0.647.06 ESD 125 0.0.687.62 ESD 128
0.0.641.77 ESD

0.0.690.95 ESD 131

Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets U and I

0.0.647.07 ESD 125

0.0.647.06 ESD 125

Fastening Ring
0.0.673.10 186
0.0.674.85 ESD

Roller D46
0.0.664.48 186
0.0.674.60 ESD

Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets with Stop and End Cap

0.0.652.46 ESD 127 0.0.642.46 ESD 127

0.0.658.17 ESD 127 0.0.658.16 ESD 127 0.0.687.61 ESD 128 0.0.647.08 ESD 125

108
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller conveyors Brakes Assembly Pliers

0.0.633.91 122 0.0.647.76 ESD 133 0.0.654.73 137
0.0.637.55 ESD

0.0.633.92 123 0.0.647.76 ESD 133

0.0.637.56 ESD

0.0.650.74 Steel-covered 123 0.0.647.76 ESD 133

Roller Conveyor Butt Fastener

0.0.654.75 ESD 132
0.0.648.91 123 0.0.650.55 ESD 133
0.0.648.94 ESD

Retaining Plate, Guide Rail e

0.0.650.83 ESD 136

Back Stop
0.0.666.67 134

Guide Rails z
0.0.639.05 136 0.0.685.44 ESD 136
0.0.641.78 ESD

Slide Link
0.0.658.75 ESD 182 0.0.658.76 ESD 182 0.0.658.77 ESD 182

109
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15

Guide Rails e Fastening Profile

0.0.654.94 159 0.0.681.52 159 0.0.672.51 ESD 145 0.0.673.85 ESD 143
0.0.696.84 ESD

See Roller Conveyor St

Roller Conveyor Fastening Bracket D30 on page 108
0.0.674.02 ESD 140

Fastening Ring
0.0.673.10 186
0.0.674.85 ESD

Roller D46
0.0.664.48 186
0.0.674.60 ESD

Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets with Stop and End Cap

0.0.674.03 ESD 140 0.0.681.84 ESD 141 0.0.677.02 ESD 141

110
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller conveyor Brake

0.0.670.87 139 0.0.677.62 ESD 142
0.0.673.73 ESD

Transverse Fastener
0.0.637.90 ESD 40

Slide Link
0.0.658.75 ESD 182 0.0.658.76 ESD 182 0.0.658.77 ESD 182

111
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30

Guide Rails and Slide Strips Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets

0.0.654.94 159 0.0.681.52 159 0.0.660.57 ESD 150 0.0.660.59 ESD 150
0.0.696.84 ESD

0.0.657.87 ESD 158 0.0.654.05 ESD 158

0.0.667.56 ESD 151

Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets U and I

0.0.660.59 ESD 150

See Roller Conveyor St

D30 on page 108
Back Stop
0.0.659.05 154
0.0.660.60 ESD 150 0.0.684.33 ESD

0.0.667.56 ESD 151

Braking Castor
0.0.667.57 ESD 151
0.0.670.90 153

Fastening Ring
0.0.673.10 186
0.0.674.85 ESD

Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets with Stop

Roller D46
0.0.660.58 ESD 150 0.0.659.19 ESD 150
0.0.664.48 186
0.0.674.60 ESD

112
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller conveyors Roller elements/inserts Brakes

0.0.658.68 147 0.0.620.36 grey 162 0.0.647.76 ESD 152
0.0.662.75 ESD 0.0.620.41 ESD black
0.0.620.42 red
0.0.620.44 yellow
0.0.620.46 green

0.0.700.18 ESD 166

0.0.658.70 148 0.0.620.37 grey 162 0.0.647.76 ESD 152

0.0.662.77 ESD 0.0.620.51 ESD black
0.0.620.52 red
0.0.620.54 yellow
0.0.620.56 green

0.0.658.72 148 0.0.656.78 grey 162 0.0.661.22 ESD 152

0.0.662.79 ESD 0.0.656.85 ESD black
Caps
0.0.622.29 178

0.0.662.82 148 0.0.664.56 grey 162 0.0.677.70 ESD 152

0.0.662.84 ESD 0.0.648.97 ESD black 0.0.622.30 178

Brackets
0.0.658.26 ESD 87 0.0.677.94 ESD 87

Slide Link
0.0.658.75 ESD 182 0.0.658.76 ESD 182 0.0.658.77 ESD 182

113
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30

Guide Rails and Slide Strips Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets

0.0.654.94 159 0.0.667.54 ESD 157 0.0.667.56 ESD 151 0.0.667.57 ESD 151

0.0.681.52 159
0.0.696.84 ESD

0.0.657.87 ESD 158

0.0.654.05 ESD 158 See Roller Conveyor St

D30 on page 108

Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets U and I

0.0.667.56 ESD 151

0.0.667.57 ESD 151

Fastening Ring
0.0.673.10 186
0.0.674.85 ESD

Roller Conveyor Fastening Bracket with Stop

Roller D46 0.0.667.55 ESD 157
0.0.664.48 186
0.0.674.60 ESD

114
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller conveyor Roller elements Brakes

0.0.667.48 156 0.0.662.97 grey 162 0.0.647.76 ESD 152
0.0.667.49 ESD 0.0.664.42 ESD black

Caps
0.0.668.99 178 0.0.669.00 178

Brackets
0.0.658.26 ESD 87 0.0.677.94 ESD 87

Slide Link
0.0.658.75 ESD 182 0.0.658.76 ESD 182 0.0.658.77 ESD 182

115
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor 8 D30

Guide Rails and Slide Strips Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets

0.0.654.94 159 0.0.681.52 159 0.0.652.48 ESD 174 0.0.652.58 ESD 175 0.0.652.64 ESD 175
0.0.696.84 ESD

0.0.657.87 ESD 158

Back Stop Insert

0.0.654.05 ESD 158 0.0.675.98 ESD 171

See Roller Conveyor St

Inserts D30 on page 108
0.0.622.22 ESD 173 0.0.620.26 ESD 173

0.0.620.84 ESD 172

Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets U and I

0.0.652.58 ESD 175

0.0.652.64 ESD 175

Fastening Ring
0.0.673.10 186
0.0.674.85 ESD

Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets with Stop

Roller D46
0.0.652.57 ESD 175 0.0.662.31 ESD 175
0.0.664.48 186
0.0.674.60 ESD

116
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller conveyors Inserts Brakes

0.0.628.40 168 0.0.620.16 black 169 0.0.619.34 ESD 170
0.0.628.42 ESD 0.0.622.27 ESD black
0.0.627.06 red
0.0.627.07 yellow
0.0.627.08 green

0.0.628.41 168 0.0.620.06 black 169 0.0.619.34 ESD 170

0.0.628.43 ESD 0.0.622.28 ESD black
0.0.627.09 red
0.0.627.10 yellow
0.0.627.11 green

0.0.618.28 ESD 168 0.0.644.55 black 170 0.0.677.70 ESD 152

0.0.648.98 ESD black

Brackets Caps
0.0.658.25 ESD 87 0.0.677.93 ESD 87 0.0.622.29 178 0.0.622.30 178

Railing Support and accessories Castor Rail Slide Strip

0.0.622.20 176 0.0.627.35 176 0.0.620.00 ESD 172

0.0.448.03 ESD

Slide Link
0.0.658.75 ESD 182 0.0.658.76 ESD 182 0.0.658.77 ESD 182

117
MATERIAL FLOW

Conveyor Rollers TR30

Tube D30x1.8 KU Conveyor Roller TR30, Bearing Flange D26.4/D5

0.0.675.01 piece 181 0.0.674.94 180

Bearing Block D30

0.0.671.52 180
0.0.671.99 ESD

Tube D30 Conveyor Roller TR30, Bearing Flange D27/D5

0.0.628.52 ESD piece 181 0.0.673.67 180

0.0.675.58 ESD

118
 MATERIAL FLOW

Brakes
0.0.647.76 ESD 133

0.0.634.42 0.0.628.17
0.0.634.42
0.0.681.55 0.0.629.94
0.0.682.21

0.0.671.52 0.0.671.52

1. 3.

0.0.701.80

0.0.674.94 0.0.673.67
0.0.675.58 ESD 2.

180°

0.0.675.01 0.0.628.52

119
MATERIAL FLOW

Individual parts for Roller Conveyors 6 and 8

Castor Rails Roller element inserts/roller elements Axles Roller Tracks

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30

0.0.651.29 ESD cut-off 160 0.0.620.36 grey 162 0.0.619.13 ESD 163 0.0.649.60 grey 165
0.0.650.47 ESD piece 0.0.620.41 ESD black 0.0.662.24 ESD black
0.0.620.42 red
0.0.620.44 yellow
0.0.620.46 green

0.0.700.18 ESD 166

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 with Flanged Wheel

0.0.651.29 ESD cut-off 160 0.0.620.37 grey 162 0.0.619.13 ESD 163 0.0.650.48 grey 165
0.0.650.47 ESD piece 0.0.620.51 ESD black 0.0.662.25 ESD black
0.0.620.52 red
0.0.620.54 yellow
0.0.620.56 green

0.0.700.18 ESD 166

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30/2

0.0.651.29 ESD cut-off 160 0.0.656.78 grey 162 0.0.619.13 ESD 163 0.0.649.60 grey 165
0.0.650.47 ESD piece 0.0.656.85 ESD black 0.0.662.24 ESD black

0.0.700.18 ESD 166

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 D11

0.0.651.29 ESD cut-off 160 0.0.664.56 grey 162 0.0.619.13 ESD 163 0.0.656.87 grey 165
0.0.650.47 ESD piece 0.0.648.97 ESD black 0.0.662.48 ESD black

0.0.700.18 ESD 166

120
 MATERIAL FLOW

Castor Rails Roller element inserts/roller elements Axles Roller Tracks

Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30

0.0.662.36 ESD cut-off 160 0.0.662.97 grey 162 0.0.662.37 ESD 163 0.0.649.60 grey 165
0.0.662.16 ESD piece 0.0.664.42 ESD black 0.0.662.24 ESD black

Roller Conveyor 8 D30

0.0.626.91 ESD cut-off 168 0.0.620.16 black 169

0.0.618.28 ESD piece 0.0.622.27 ESD black
0.0.627.06 red
0.0.627.07 yellow
0.0.627.08 green

0.0.620.06 black 169

0.0.622.28 ESD black
0.0.627.09 red
0.0.627.10 yellow
0.0.627.11 green

0.0.644.55 black 170

0.0.648.98 ESD black

0.0.622.22 ESD 173

0.0.620.26 ESD 173

0.0.700.18 ESD 166

0.0.620.84 ESD 172

121
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyors St D30

■ The stable basic roller conveyor
■ Support profile made of sheet steel
■ Wide selection of durable roller elements

&4%

Cut to size, slot into place, tighten and you’re good to go!
Thanks to its robust design, item Roller Conveyor St D30 forms
the basis of many applications. It is supplied ready for installa-
tion. The roller conveyor profile made from sheet steel can also
be cut to size with ease. A large selection of fastening brackets
paves the way for conveyor lines in a whole host of installation
scenarios and at any angle you can think of.
Roller Conveyor St D30 uses smooth-running roller elements
on steel axles for a long service life. Depending on how
a
smoothly the line needs to run, users can choose between
Roller Conveyor St D30 (with or without flanged wheel) and 300 F
Roller Conveyor St D30/2 (half the axle spacing).
Things that would scratch or damage standard roller elements
can usually be transported directly on Roller Conveyor St q
D30 with Steel Tyres, without first having to be placed in a
container. Thanks to their steel covering, the roller elements Permissible force on a single
in this conveyor are resistant to metallic and sharp-edged roller element of Roller Con-
components. veyor St D30: F < 100 N
f

F[N] q[N/m] a
300 F
2500

2000

1500
q F
1000 Permissible force on a single
F
500
roller element of Roller Con-
veyor St D30/2: F < 50 N
0
f

500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750

a[mm]

Tip: The relevant statutory regulations, such as DGUV standards in

Depending on the type and shape of goods Germany, must be adhered to when building racks. Please note
being conveyed, weight can be unevenly that the load-carrying capacity of item roller conveyors can
distributed over the roller elements during exceed the capacity of other components. The maximum de-
transport. Please factor in this higher point flection (f) item recommends for two parallel roller conveyors
loading when making your selection. is: f < 1/100 a

Roller Conveyor St D30

St, bright zinc-plated
Castors, PP, grey
Axles, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 844.0 g/m
33 grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.633.91
35

grey similar to RAL 7042, cut-off max. 4500 mm 0.0.637.53

25.8

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.648.42

35.
3
122
 MATERIAL FLOW

&4%
Roller Conveyor St D30 ESD
St, bright zinc-plated
Castors, PP, black (ESD)
Axles, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 873.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.637.55
black similar to RAL 9005, cut-off max. 4500 mm 0.0.637.57
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.648.43

Roller Conveyor St D30 with Flanged Wheel

St, bright zinc-plated
Castors, PP, grey
Axles, St, bright zinc-plated
5 m = 756.0 g/m
49.
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.633.92
35

grey similar to RAL 7042, cut-off max. 4500 mm 0.0.637.54

25.8

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.648.44

35.
3
&4%
Roller Conveyor St D30 ESD with Flanged Wheel
St, bright zinc-plated
Castors, PP, black (ESD)
Axles, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 790.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.637.56
black similar to RAL 9005, cut-off max. 4500 mm 0.0.637.58
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.648.45

Roller Conveyor St D30 with Steel Tyres

St, bright zinc-plated
Castors, PP, grey and St, stainless
Axles, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 1.30 kg/m
33 1 pce., length 4000 mm 0.0.650.74
36

cut-off max. 4000 mm 0.0.650.81

25.8

35.
3
Roller Conveyor St D30/2
St, bright zinc-plated
Castors, PP, grey
Axles, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 900.0 g/m
16.5
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.648.91
35

33
grey similar to RAL 7042, cut-off max. 4500 mm 0.0.648.92
25.8

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.648.77

35.
3
&4%
Roller Conveyor St D30/2 ESD
St, bright zinc-plated
Castors, PP, black (ESD)
Axles, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 950.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.648.94
black similar to RAL 9005, cut-off max. 4500 mm 0.0.648.95
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.649.54

123
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St Fastening Brackets D30

■ Fast and simple fixing
■ Can be fitted at any angle
■ Secure transition at gradient changes

&4%

A firm hold made easy: A Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket

D30 is slotted onto each end of a Roller Conveyor St D30.
This enables you to suspend the roller conveyor at the angle
of your choice between two (Profile) Tubes D30. The enclosed
self-tapping screws create a secure connection between the
bracket and roller conveyor.
Roller Conveyor St, Fastening Bracket U D30 and Roller Con-
veyor St, Fastening Bracket I D30 are installed at the points
where two Roller Conveyors St D30 meet. The central hook
of Fastening Bracket I D30 reaches between the two hooks
of Fastening Bracket U D30. This connection ensures the two
roller conveyors can be installed in different gradients.
Roller Conveyor St Fastening Brackets D30 can be secured in
place on the (profile) tube using the enclosed screws.

0.0.647.07 0.0.647.06

40 &4%
Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket D30
60 Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 161.0 g
31

30 1 set 0.0.642.47
27

5
36 96.

124
 MATERIAL FLOW

40 &4%
20 Roller Conveyor St, Fastening Bracket U D30
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
60 6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 150.0 g
1 set 0.0.647.07
31

30
27

36 99

4 &4%
19.6 0 Roller Conveyor St, Fastening Bracket I D30
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
60 5 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 145.0 g
1 set 0.0.647.06
31

30
27

36 99

Roller Conveyor St, End Cap

■■ Safe covering for cut edges
■■ Simply slides on

EU
Foto N ng
ru
Ände
&4%

Safety first! The sharp edges on the exposed ends of a Roller

Conveyor St D30 don’t need to be machined to prevent cuts
and other damage and injuries. Simply slot on the robust
End Cap and secure it in place with the enclosed self-tapping
screws – that’s all it takes to create permanent edge protection
for the roller conveyor.

29 40 Roller Conveyor St, End Cap

&4%
31

End Cap, St, bright zinc-plated

27

2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 65.0 g
36 1 set 0.0.647.08
31

125
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St Fastening Brackets D30 with Stop

■ Can be fitted at any angle
■ For inclined roller conveyors
■ Limit stop for Roller Conveyor St

&4%

A fastening bracket and stop in one that is easy to fit to the

Roller Conveyor St D30 and Tube D30. Roller Conveyor St
Fastening Brackets D30 with Stop H43 or H27 bring goods
and workpiece carriers to a halt at the end of the conveyor line.
If required, the Roller Conveyor Fastening Bracket can also be
screwed into place.

Roller Conveyor St, Fastening Bracket D30 with Forward Stop

H43 holds boxes in place closer to the removal point than
Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket D30 with Stop H43
(0.0.652.46). This helps reduce reaching distances and boosts
ergonomics.

As Roller Conveyor St Stop H43 is not mounted to a cross-

member, users can build roller conveyors that project outside
a frame and thus reduce reaching distances. Light transport
boxes are brought safely to a halt. The stop must be screwed to
the Roller Conveyor St D30.
H

60

Roller Conveyor St, Fastening Brackets D30 Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket D30 can
with Stop are available with stops of different be fixed in place in a matter of seconds with
heights – H= 27 mm or 43 mm. the self-tapping Button-Head Screw – simply
use a cordless driver to drive the screw into
the (Profile) Tube D30.

126
 MATERIAL FLOW

40 &4%
Roller Conveyor St, Fastening Bracket D30 with Stop H27

60 Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated

6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 171.0 g

65
1 set 0.0.642.46
30
31
27

5
36 96.

40 &4%
Roller Conveyor St, Fastening Bracket D30 with Stop H43
60 Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 173.0 g
80

1 set 0.0.652.46

30
31
27

5
36 96.

40 &4%
Roller Conveyor St, Fastening Bracket D30 with Forward Stop H43
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 220.0 g
80

1 set 0.0.658.17
60

30
31
27

5
36 96.

&4%
60 40 Roller Conveyor St Stop H43
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
4 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 147.0 g
1 set 0.0.658.16
80
31
27

36
62

&4%
Button-Head Screw, self-tapping St 3.9x16, TX20
16

St, bright zinc-plated

3.9 m = 1.4 g
1 pce. 0.0.642.39

Note:
Detailed information on the installation dimensions of the
roller conveyors, including Fastening Brackets, can be found
in the Technical Data section.

127
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket 40

Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket 40 with Forward
Stop H43
■ Secure Roller Conveyors St D30 to Line 8 profiles
■ Adjustable angle of inclination
■ For support profiles that are 40 mm wide

&4%

Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket 40 is used to fasten a

Roller Conveyor St D30 to Line 8 profiles that are 40 mm wide.
The bracket has an articulated connection for the roller convey-
or. This means a gradient can also be achieved when working
with perfectly level profiles, without having to twist them.
The bracket encompasses the profile from above, can be
fastened to an existing Line 8 groove and, when being fitted
to light and economy profiles from Line 8, can be additionally
secured against slipping by using the enclosed Button-Head
Screws.

Roller Conveyor St, Fastening Bracket 40 with Forward

Stop H43 provides a secure stop on the removal side. It also
7.5

features an articulated connection. Regardless of the angle

on the connection, the stop is always at a right angle to the
support profile.

62

37 &4%
Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket 40
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
37

62
7 m = 195.0 g
1 set 0.0.687.62
31
27

40

36 118

37 &4%
Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket 40 with Forward Stop H43
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 265.0 g
87

1 set 0.0.687.61
62
7
31
27

40

36 118

128
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket Adapter Sleeve

D30 ESD
■ Fastens (Profile) Tubes D30 in Roller Conveyor St Fastening Brackets D30
■ For building slideways and set-down areas with Slide Strips D30

&4%

The Adapter Sleeve transforms any Roller Conveyor St Fasten-

ing Bracket into a profile fastener. It makes it easy to connect a
(Profile) Tube D30 as a strut at the correct angle. This means
you can create a sliding surface that seamlessly connects to a
roller conveyor, all in next to no time.
Simply push the Adapter Sleeve into the Roller Conveyor
Fastening Bracket D30 and then insert the (Profile) Tube D30.
That’s all it takes to fit a strong horizontal or vertical strut that
can be repositioned or fixed in place.
Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket Adapter Sleeve D30 is
ESD-safe, which means sensitive components are also given
the best possible protection on slideways.
⌀
22

2
23

36

37 &4%
56 Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket Adapter Sleeve D30 ESD
Fastening Bracket Adapter Sleeve, PA-ESD
m = 20.0 g
26.5

black, 1 pce. 0.0.648.74

∅30

129
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St, Supports D30

■ Fasten to a stabilising crossmember
■ Prevent lateral displacement
■ Reduce deflection on Roller Conveyor St D30

&4%

Sometimes support is essential. When working with heavy

loads, it can be useful to fit a stabilising D30 crossmember to
prevent excessive profile deflection on the Roller Conveyor St
D30. Roller Conveyor St, Supports D30 connect the roller con-
veyor and crossmember and prevent sideways displacement.
Narrow Roller Conveyor St, Support D30 features retaining
plates that clip into place and project beyond the edge of the
roller conveyor rail. The retaining plates on Roller Conveyor St,
Support D30 H22 are flatter and wider and terminate below
the edge of the rail.

36 &4%
Roller Conveyor St, Support D30
Support, St, bright zinc-plated
4 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 46.0 g
1 set 0.0.647.10

1.5 ⌀3
0

36 &4%
Roller Conveyor St, Support D30 H22
Support, St, bright zinc-plated
6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 54.0 g
1 set 0.0.658.18

1.5 ∅3
0

130
 Roller Conveyor Support 30-50
■ For Roller Conveyor St with Guide Rails
■ Prevents sideways displacement
■ No break in the Guide Rails

&4%

Keeping things on the straight and narrow! Roller Conveyor

Support 30-50 fastens a Roller Conveyor St and Guide Rail to
an additional cross profile. The Support stops a long conveyor
line from being pushed to the side and reduces excessive
profile deflection. The end result is that heavy containers can
be guided safely and securely over long distances.
Roller Conveyor Support 30-50 is screwed to the Roller Con-
veyor St and Guide Rail using the enclosed self-tapping screws.
The Guide Rails are supported continuously and do not need
to be cut away. The geometry is compatible with both Roller
Conveyor St Guide Rail e 32 and the wider Roller Conveyor St
Guide Rail e 65.
Roller conveyors that are not fitted with Guide Rails can be
supported using Roller Conveyor St, Support D30 (0.0.647.10)
and Roller Conveyor St, Support D30 H22 (0.0.658.18).
NB: When positioning the Support, ensure the screws are
located between the roller elements and are not touching
them. Roller Conveyor St Guide Rails e 32 and e 65 must have
the new base geometry (deliveries from May 2020).

50 &4%
Roller Conveyor Support 30-50
Support, St, bright zinc-plated
4 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 46.3 g
1 set 0.0.690.95

1.5 30

131
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St, Butt Fastener

■ Connect roller conveyors St D30
■ Extend lines
■ Connect different roller conveyors

&4%

No end in sight! The Butt Fastener combines separate Roller

Conveyors St D30 into a single continuous line. It also enables
users to combine different variants in a single roller conveyor
line.
Simply insert the ends of the conveyors into either end of the
Butt Fastener. Use self-tapping screws to fasten the roller con-
veyors in place. The result is a strong, space-saving extension
for a Roller Conveyor St D30. You decide where the conveyor
line stops.

40 &4%
Roller Conveyor St, Butt Fastener
Butt Fastener, St, bright zinc-plated
8 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 329.0 g
1 set 0.0.654.75
31
27

204
36

132
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St D30 Brakes

■ Slow down and stop transported goods
■ For castors with and without flanged wheels

&4%

Slowing things down: Roller Conveyor St D30 Brakes slow

down crates and transported goods on Roller Conveyor St D30
or bring them to a complete stop.
The brakes are simply clipped over the roller elements at the
desired point.

Roller Conveyor St D30 Brake (0.0.647.76) is used on Roller

Conveyors St D30 with and without flanged wheels. Roller 0.0.648.91
0.0.633.92
Conveyor St D30/2 Brake (0.0.650.55) must be used when 0.0.647.76 0.0.637.56 ESD 0.0.650.55 0.0.648.94 ESD
working with Roller Conveyor St D30/2.

99 99

0.0.633.91
0.0.647.76 0.0.637.55 ESD
0.0.650.74 St

99

19 &4%
Roller Conveyor St D30 Brake
St, stainless
m = 20.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.647.76

.6
126
0.8

10 &4%
Roller Conveyor St D30/2 Brake
St, stainless
m = 10.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.650.55

126.6
0.8

133
MATERIAL FLOW

Back Stop D2.8-25

■ Stops loads falling out
■ Stops transported goods rolling back
■ Makes loading the roller conveyor easy

More safety when moving goods and materials! Back Stop

D2.8-25 will only allow crates and goods to move along Roller
Conveyor St D30 in one direction. It also ensures that inertial
forces don’t cause loads to slip off trolleys when they are being
moved.
What’s more, it stops users accidentally pushing goods out the
back of a rack while handling crates at the front. Back Stops
are a recommended addition for any roller conveyor used in
picking operations and for transport frames.

Roller Conveyor St, 137

Assembly Pliers
21
6

First, remove one roller element from the relevant position (1.).
Next, install the Back Stop for Roller Conveyor St D30 and 2. 3. 1.
its axle in that position (2.). Now position the axle of the roller 0.0.666.67
element you removed earlier between the Back Stop and the
nearest roller element (3.).

25
Back Stop D2.8-25
Ø2.8
14

Back Stop, PA, grey

47

Axle, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 14.0 g
1 set 0.0.666.67
19

134
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St Guide Rails

■ Side guidance for containers
■ Two variants for different application scenarios
■ Additional reinforcement possible with Retaining Plates

&4%

They know where everything is going: The Guide Rails for

Roller Conveyor St D30 keep crates and workpieces firmly on
track.
There are two options: Guide Rail e is pushed onto Roller
Conveyor St D30 and comes in two fixed spacings (32 and
65 mm). By contrast, Guide Rail z can be freely positioned
and comes in aluminium and plastic versions. Guide Rail z Al
has a flank geometry on the underside so it can connect to
Fasteners D30.
The ESD-safe (black) versions of the Guide Rails protect prod-
ucts that are sensitive to electrostatic charging.

Setting down heavy transport goods carelessly on a conveyor

line places a great deal of stress on Guide Rails e. By using
robust Retaining Plate, Guide Rail e, you can provide additional
stability. It is screwed to the roller conveyor and the Roller Con-
veyor Fastening Bracket and absorbs impacts. Retaining Plate,
Guide Rail e can also be retrofitted to structures to provide
extra support for Guide Rails e.
30

60

A Retaining Plate, Guide Rail e (0.0.650.83)

32 65 can also be fitted to the side of Guide Rails
3.5 3.5 e to provide additional support. They are
screwed into place using self-tapping screws
driven through the lower holes in the Retain-
27
27

ing Plate.

0.0.650.83

≥35
27
30

135
MATERIAL FLOW

16
0.0.654.94

0.0.685.45 0.0.681.52
0.0.696.84 ESD
0.0.685.45
8.5
1.5

0.0.637.90

45
0.0.628.28
Ø30

0.0.642.47

21 32 Roller Conveyor St Guide Rail e 32

3.5
PVC
m = 646.0 g/m
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.648.70
65
31

&4%
Roller Conveyor St Guide Rail e 32 ESD
49.5
ABS-ESD
m = 468.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.648.72
21 65 Roller Conveyor St Guide Rail e 65
3.5
PVC
m = 796.0 g/m
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.639.01
65
31

&4%
Roller Conveyor St Guide Rail e 65 ESD
49.5
ABS-ESD
m = 625.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.641.77

9 Roller Conveyor St Guide Rail z

PVC
m = 578.0 g/m
62

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.639.05

27

35 &4%
Roller Conveyor St Guide Rail z ESD
ABS-ESD
m = 423.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.641.78

8 Guide Rail z Al
&4%

Al, untreated
1.8 m = 1.10 kg/m
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.685.45
75
6

natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.685.44

26.5

35.8
&4%
Retaining Plate, Guide Rail e
67
St, bright zinc-plated
m = 36.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.650.83

136
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St, Assembly Pliers

■ Change castors the easy way
■ Forces the flanks of the roller conveyor apart

The Assembly Pliers give you more room to manoeuvre by

forcing the flanks of Roller Conveyor St apart slightly, making it
easier to remove and replace castors.
They ensure castors can be changed quickly and effortlessly.

Roller Conveyor St, Assembly Pliers

St, stainless
m = 275.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.654.73
200

16

137
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15

■ Wide, smooth-running roller elements
■ Low construction height and high bending strength
■ Can be fastened at any angle

&4%

The robust roller conveyor for all scenarios: Thanks to its wide
roller elements and low roller element diameter, Roller Con-
veyor St 60x24 D15 is suitable for most installation scenarios.
Both sensitive transported goods and goods with awkward
bases can be safely moved from A to B. Due to its very low
installation height, this roller conveyor can also be used for
side guidance. An ESD-safe version is available.
Fixing it to a frame couldn’t be easier: Roller Conveyor 60
Fastening Bracket D30 is fitted to the start and end of a roller
conveyor and used to mount the conveyor on a frame. Roller
Conveyor 60 Fastening Bracket D30 with Stop H43 is used as a
a stop at the end of a Roller Conveyor St 60.
300 F
Fastening Profile D30-60 (0.0.673.85) extends the capabil-
ities of Roller Conveyor St 60. It enables the connection of
a side guide, makes the roller conveyor more rigid and adds q
the contour of a Profile D30 on the underside for additional
connection options.
Roller Conveyor St 60 is supplied preassembled and in the Permissible force on a single
desired length. roller of Roller Conveyor St
60x24 D15: F < 100 N
f

Fastening Profile 143 a

D30-60
300

F
f

F[N] q[N/m] F[N] q[N/m] The relevant statutory regulations, such

7000 7000 as DGUV standards in Germany, must be
adhered to when building racks. Please note
6000 6000 that the load-carrying capacity of item Roller
5000 5000 Conveyors can exceed the capacity of other
components. The maximum deflection (f) item
4000 4000
recommends for two parallel Roller Conveyors
3000 3000
q is: f < 1/100 a
q 2000
2000
F F
1000 1000

0 0
500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750
a[mm] a[mm]

Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 with Fastening
Profile D30-60 and Guide Rail e 4

138
 MATERIAL FLOW

Tip:
Depending on the type and shape of goods being conveyed,
weight can be unevenly distributed over the roller elements
during transport. Please factor in this higher point loading
when making your selection.

Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15

St, bright zinc-plated
Rollers PP, grey
Axles St, bright zinc-plated
28.3

m = 1.53 kg/m
16.6
cut-off max. 4500 mm 0.0.673.74
60
1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.670.87
24

&4%
Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 ESD
St, bright zinc-plated
Rollers PP, black
Axles St, bright zinc-plated
m = 1.53 kg/m
cut-off max. 4500 mm 0.0.673.75
1 pce., length 4500 mm 0.0.673.73

139
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor 60 Fastening Brackets D30

■ Strong and secure
■ Simple transitions
■ Secure limit stop

&4%

Secure hold and optimum extendibility in one! Roller Conveyor

60 Fastening Brackets D30 create a connection with the frame
at both ends of a Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15. Thanks to
the asymmetrical arrangement of the hooks, two Fastening
Brackets can be fixed to the same tube to extend conveyor
sections in a level line or with stepped gradients. This reduces
the number of different parts needed.
Two different fastening brackets are available to create the
end stop for Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15. The stop plate of
Roller Conveyor 60 Fastening Bracket D30 with Forward Stop
H43 (0.0.681.84) is located over the crossmember. As a result,
it brings containers to a stop as close as possible to workers.
On Roller Conveyor 60 Fastening Bracket D30 with Stop H43
(0.0.674.03), the top edge of the stop terminates at the cross-
member. It can be used to provide support for removal.

54. &4%
60 5 Roller Conveyor 60 Fastening Bracket D30
32.
5
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 174.0 g
27

1 set 0.0.674.02
0
Ø3

60.
5 100

&4%
6 Roller Conveyor 60 Fastening Bracket D30 with Stop H43
28. 5.5
5
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
60 6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 231.0 g
1 set 0.0.674.03

0
Ø3
18.7

60.
5 100

140
 MATERIAL FLOW

37. &4%
6 Roller Conveyor 60 Fastening Bracket D30 with Forward Stop H43
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
6 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 224.0 g

75.5
1 set 0.0.681.84
60
18.7

30

60.
5 100

Roller Conveyor St 60, End Cap

■ Reliable covering for cut edges
■ Leaves plenty of space for the Fastening Profile

&4%

Protection from the start: Roller Conveyor St 60, End Cap seals L
the end face of Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 and covers over 23 L R = L-23 = L F
sharp cut edges. This helps avoid the time-consuming process
of deburring cut edges. The slot on the end face can be used
to fasten the roller conveyor to a crossmember made from a
Line 6 or 8 profile.
The End Cap is simply pushed on and secured at the side with
the enclosed self-tapping screws. A Guide Rail can be run right
to the end of the roller conveyor, even if Fastening Profile D30-
60 needs to be shortened accordingly due to the End Cap. 60 L B = LR-60-30 30

5 &4%
30. 64. Roller Conveyor St 60, End Cap
5
End Cap, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
18

m = 71.0 g
1 set 0.0.677.02
60.
5 2.5
3

141
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 Brake

■ Robust steel clip
■ No screws required

&4%

Stop, please! Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 Brake is used to

slow down crates and transported goods at specific points.
The 46 mm-wide steel bracket simply clips over Rollers D15
and Roller Conveyor St 60 and is just as easy to remove.

46 &4%
Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 Brake
St, stainless
m = 44.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.677.62
.1
132
0.8

142
 MATERIAL FLOW

Fastening Profile D30-60

■ Fastens Guide Rails e 4 to Roller Conveyor St 60
■ Additional frame-fixing option

&4%

This profile keeps things connected! Fastening Profile D30-60

is used to fit a Guide Rail e 4 to a Roller Conveyor St 60x24
D15. The roller conveyor is simply slotted or clipped in.
A Profile Tube D30 contour runs along the underside of Fasten-
ing Profile D30-60 and can be used to connect struts and
accessories.

Guide Rail e 4 is slotted into the flat groove that runs along the
side of the Fastening Profile and adds extra rigidity to the roller
conveyor. The Guide Rail can run right up to the crossmember,
thereby minimising the gap between roller conveyors.

0.0.654.94

0.0.681.52
0.0.696.84 ESD
0.0.673.74

0.0.672.52
54

0.0.673.86
0.0.637.90
25

0.0.628.28

Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 is pressed into Fastening Profile The Fastening Profile reduces deflection.
D30-60 using a little force or can be slotted into place during
assembly.

&4%
Fastening Profile D30-60
6.2
19.3

Al, untreated
25.6

60.5 m = 0.44 kg/m

68.3 natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.673.86
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.673.85

143
MATERIAL FLOW

Guide Rail e 4
■ A reliable railing for Roller Conveyor St 60
■ Boosts the rigidity of Roller Conveyor St 60x24

&4%

Keeping everything in line! Robust Guide Rail e 4 ensures that

crates and goods stay on Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15. The
aluminium side guide can be fitted with slide strips that are
especially gentle on transported materials.
Fastening Profile D30-60 is used to install the Guide Rail.
Guide Rail e 4 is inserted into the special groove that runs
along the side of the Fastening Profile. This combination of
Guide Rail and Fastening Profile further boosts the rigidity of
Roller Conveyor St 60.
Button-Head Screw Self-Tapping M5x16, TX25 helps avoid
injuries during loading and unloading operations. It is driven
into the end face of the screw channel on Guide Rail e 4.
This eliminates the need for manual deburring, which lowers
0.0.674.89
assembly costs.
0.0.654.94
0.0.674.02

0.0.681.52
0.0.696.84 ESD
0.0.642.39
0.0.672.52 0.0.672.52

Guide Rail e 4 is screwed to Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 us-

ing Button-Head Screws self-tapping St 3.9x16 (0.0.642.39).

0.0.674.89
0.0.674.02

0.0.642.39
0.0.672.52

When Guide Rail e 4 reaches up to the supporting crossmem-

ber, the Roller Conveyor 60 Fastening Bracket D30 can be
screwed into place on just one side.

144
 MATERIAL FLOW

LR = Roller Conveyor
L LF = Guide Rail
L R = L-2x23 = L F 23 LB = Fastening Profile

L B = LR-2x60 60

Tip:
Axle D4x29 (0.0.619.13) can be inserted into
the screw channel to align two Guide Rails that
meet end to end.

40 8 Guide Rail e 4
&4%

Al, untreated
⌀4 m = 0.51 kg/m
40

49.5
68.7

natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.672.52

natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.672.51

68.3 1.8

&4%
Button-Head Screw Self-Tapping M5x16, TX25
16

St, bright zinc-plated

M5 m = 4.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.674.89

145
 Roller Conveyors 6 40x40 E D30
■ Huge selection of roller elements, including Braking Castors
■ High load-carrying capacity thanks to rigid aluminium profile
■ Roller elements can be changed without tools

&4%

This roller conveyor is full of ingenious details. Thanks to its

rigid aluminium profile, Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 can
carry heavy loads – even over long distances. It is supplied
preassembled and ready for immediate use.
The underside of the rail of Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E
features a Line 6 profile groove that can be used to secure the
conveyor line to the frame. This friction-based connection has
a long-lasting hold and contributes to the stability of the frame.
Even when the roller conveyor projects beyond the frame, it
will not slip. What’s more, additional components or panel
elements can be fitted to the underside of the roller conveyor
to protect other transport lines underneath from falling debris
and soiling.
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 is available in customised
lengths fitted with Castors D30 (with or without flanged
wheels) and side-by-side offset Castors D30/2 or Rollers
D11. The tight roller element spacing of Rollers D11 provides
continuous support for small and sensitive goods along the
entire line. This minimises vibration and ensures boxes with
soft bases can also be moved from A to B.
If necessary, individual roller elements can be replaced without
having to use tools or take out other roller elements first.
To make sure workpieces stay on track, sturdy aluminium
Guide Rails can also be added. Thanks to a special groove,
installation is especially straightforward. The Guide Rails boost
the rigidity of the conveyor line. Additional Slide Strips stop
sensitive goods from being scratched.
Braking Castors can be used to regulate the running speed of
containers regardless of their weight. This helps establish a
smooth and even flow of materials and is kinder on the frame
and transported goods.
Note: Roller Conveyor 6 E D30 is also available in a double-
width variant as Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30.

146
 F[N] q[N/m] F[N] q[N/m]
7000 7000
a
6000 6000
300
5000 5000

4000 4000
q
3000 3000
F q F
2000 2000

1000 F 1000

0 0
f

500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750
a[mm] a[mm]

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 with Guide
Rails (increased bending strength)
a
300

q
F F F
f

The relevant statutory regulations, such as DGUV standards in Permissible force on a single Permissible force on a Permissible force on a single
Germany, must be adhered to when building racks. Please note roller element of Roller Con- single roller element of Roller roller element in Roller Con-
that the load-carrying capacity of item Roller Conveyors can veyor 6 40x40 E D30: Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30/2: veyor 6 40x40 E D30 D11:
exceed the capacity of other components. The maximum de- F < 100 N F < 50 N F < 50 N
flection (f) item recommends for two parallel Roller Conveyors
is: f < 1/100 a

Tip: Castor Rail 6 E is available in two widths (40 and 80 mm).

Depending on the type and shape of goods 6 40x40 E The indentations running along the outer sides are not
being conveyed, weight can be unevenly system grooves, but are instead designed to accommodate
distributed over the roller elements during Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rails.
transport. Please factor in this higher point
loading when making your selection.
40

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30

Castor Rail 6 40x40 E, Al, untreated
Castor Inserts, PA, grey
m = 1.40 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.658.69
33 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.658.68
49.5

40
&4%
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 ESD
Castor Rail 6 40x40 E, Al, untreated
Castor Inserts ESD, PA, black
m = 1.47 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.662.76
1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.662.75

147
 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 with Flanged Wheel
Castor Rail 6 40x40 E, Al, untreated
Castor Inserts with Flanged Wheel, PA, grey
m = 1.27 kg/m
50
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.658.71
1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.658.70
49.5

40
&4%
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 with Flanged Wheel ESD
Castor Rail 6 40x40 E, Al, untreated
Castor Inserts with Flanged Wheel ESD, PA, black
m = 1.32 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.662.78
1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.662.77

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30/2

Castor Rail 6 40x40 E, Al, untreated
Castor Inserts D30/2, PA, grey
m = 1.42 kg/m
20 cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.658.73
1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.658.72
49.5

40
40
&4%
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30/2 ESD
Castor Rail 6 40x40 E, Al, untreated
Castor Inserts D30/2 ESD, PA, black
m = 1.45 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.662.80
1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.662.79

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 D11

Castor Rail 6 40x40 E, Al, untreated
Roller Inserts D11, PA, grey
m = 1.53 kg/m
12.5 cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.662.83
1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.662.82
49.5

40 &4%
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 D11 ESD
Castor Rail 6 40x40 E, Al, untreated
Roller Inserts D11 ESD, PA, black
m = 1.57 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.662.85
1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.662.84

148
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Al Fastening Brackets D30

■ Universal fastenings for Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30
■ Secure transition between two roller conveyors
■ Various end stops available

&4%

Designing custom transport lines is incredibly easy when

using Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Al Fastening Bracket D30. It is
simply pushed onto the front end of Roller Conveyor 6 40x40
E D30 then hung on a (Profile) Tube D30.
To create particularly rigid connections, the Fastening Bracket
can be fastened to the Line 6 groove on the roller conveyor
and screwed to the profile. Fastening elements are included in
the scope of supply.
There are Fastening Brackets with stable end stops for the
end point on a conveyor line. Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Al,
Fastening Bracket D30 with Forward Stop H43 supports short
reaching distances because the transported goods come to a
stop above the horizontal strut. This makes it easier for opera-
tors to remove crates from the conveyor line and thus offers an
ergonomic advantage.
Alternatively, Castor Rail 8 Cap 80x40 (0.0.622.30) can be
used as a stop, which means conveyor lines can also terminate
outside the frame.

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Al Fastening Brackets U D30 and I

D30 are used to join two conveyor lines (even when they are
at different angles). The hooks of the Fastening Brackets are
arranged asymmetrically so they can be fitted to the same
crossmember, thereby lining up roller conveyors flush with
each other. Roller Conveyor 6 Al Fastening Brackets U D30
and I D30 can be used for the same purpose. These don’t have
any side plates, which means a Guide Rail can be run right up
to the transition point, because the side indentations are not
covered over.

0.0.658.69 0.0.662.76 ESD

0.0.658.71 0.0.662.78 ESD
0.0.658.73 0.0.662.80 ESD
0.0.662.83
0.0.662.85 ESD
0.0.667.56
0.0.667.57
0.0.667.52
0.0.667.53 ESD
0.0.667.57

0.0.667.56

149
MATERIAL FLOW

44 &4%
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Al Fastening Bracket D30
60 Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
45 Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
41 30 T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 190.0 g
1 set 0.0.660.57
40
94

44 &4%
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Al, Fastening Bracket D30 with Stop H43
60 Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
94.5 T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 226.0 g
1 set 0.0.660.58
30
45
41

40 5
96.
40 &4%
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Al, Fastening Bracket D30 with Forward Stop H43
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
94.5

60 T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 258.0 g
1 set 0.0.659.19
30
45

94
44
4 &4%
22. 4 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Al Fastening Bracket U D30
5
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
60 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 183.0 g
45

30
41

1 set 0.0.660.59

40 5
98.

44 &4%
22 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Al Fastening Bracket I D30
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
60 Button-Head Screw, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
45

30 m = 188.0 g
41

1 set 0.0.660.60

40 5
98.

150
 MATERIAL FLOW

40 &4%
22. Roller Conveyor 6 Al Fastening Bracket U D30
5
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated

47
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
59 30 m = 130.0 g
1 set 0.0.667.56
2.5

5
98.

22 &4%
Roller Conveyor 6 Al Fastening Bracket I D30
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
Button-Head Screw, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
47
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
59 T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
30 m = 125.0 g
1 set 0.0.667.57
2.5

5
98.
40

Note:
Detailed information on the installation dimensions of the
roller conveyors, including Fastening Brackets, can be found
in the Technical Data section.

151
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 Brakes

■ Stops transported goods at the desired point
■ Stable, durable steel clip

&4%

Bring to a stop on the dot! Given the wide range of roller ele-
ments available, it is important to use the right type of brake for
your specific configuration of Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30.
Use the Brakes as follows:
– For Castors D30, use Roller Conveyor St D30 Brake
(0.0.647.76)
– For Castors D30 with Flanged Wheel, use Roller Conveyor
St D30 Brake (0.0.647.76)
– For Castors D30/2, use Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30/2
Brake (0.0.661.22)
– For Rollers D11, use Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 D11
Brake (0.0.677.70)
The brakes can be used with the ESD-safe versions of the roller
conveyors. All you need to do is push the steel clip into place
precisely where you want to bring crates or goods to a stop.

19 &4%
Roller Conveyor St D30 Brake
St, stainless
m = 20.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.647.76

.6
126
0.8

9 &4%
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30/2 Brake
St, stainless
m = 8.5 g
1 pce. 0.0.661.22
0.8

110

19 &4%
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 D11 Brake
St, stainless
m = 14.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.677.70
1
99.
0.8

152
 MATERIAL FLOW

Braking Castor D30-23

■ Regulates speed
■ Adaptive braking action
■ Can be replaced without tools
■ Ideal for Karakuri/LCA and shooter solutions

The insert for controlling speed: Braking Castor D30-23 is

used to regulate the speed of containers as they move over LK
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30.
This Braking Castor keeps everything moving at a consistent
speed, even on steep gradients and when working with heavy
objects. When objects are moving slowly, the mechanical
system has a lower braking effect. This ensures the automatic
unloading of a FIFO rack or Karakuri/LCA solution is not
compromised, because queued transport goods will start LA
moving again.
The item Braking Castors should be distributed along the
entire length of a roller conveyor. No special tools are needed LK
LA=
to install and remove them.

LA = Spacing of Braking Castors

29.
1 Braking Castor D30-23
14.
2 PA/TPE
Ø3 23 m = 35.0 g
0
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.670.90
36.8

3
45.

153
MATERIAL FLOW

Back Stops D4-23

■ Stops loads falling out
■ Stops transported goods rolling back
■ Makes loading the roller conveyor easy

&4%

Added safety for transport: Back Stop D4-23 will only allow 3. 1. 4.
crates and goods to move along Roller Conveyors 6 40x40 0.0.659.05
0.0.684.33 ESD
E D30 in one direction. This stops small load carriers (SLCs)
from being pushed backwards in the material supply system. 2.
Back Stops are a recommended addition for any transport
trolleys fitted with roller conveyors. For example, they ensure
inertial forces do not cause loads to slip off trolleys when they
are moved around corners.
Back Stops D4-23 can be retrofitted and are simply clipped
into the roller conveyor in place of a roller element. Back Stop
D4-23 ESD is used to protect sensitive electronic goods.
Note: Back Stop D2.8-25 (0.0.666.67) is used for Roller First, remove 2 roller elements. Insert the re-
Conveyor St D30. taining plate in the direction of travel (1.) then
twist into place (2.). Next, insert the Back Stop
(3) for Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 and
one of the two roller elements you removed
earlier (4.).

23
Ø4 Back Stop D4-23
14

Back Stop, PA, grey

47

Axle, St, stainless

1.5

Retaining plate, St, stainless

m = 18.0 g
19
1 set 0.0.659.05
20
&4%
Back Stop D4-23 ESD
Back Stop, PA-ESD, black
Axle, St, stainless
Retaining plate, St, stainless
m = 19.0 g
1 set 0.0.684.33

154
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyors 6 80x40 E D30

■ Especially wide roller elements
■ For transporting goods with uneven or less robust bases
■ Line 6 groove ensures suitability as a load-bearing element in picking solutions

&4%

All the benefits of Roller Conveyor 6 E – just in double the

width. The larger contact surface on Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 0.0.654.94 F
E D30 offers additional support for goods with uneven or soft
bases. It is ideal when using small load carriers with honey-
combed bases or cardboard containers. 0.0.681.52
0.0.696.84 ESD
Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30 is supplied pre-configured
with D30 roller elements and in the desired length. Simply
Permissible force on a single roller element of
unpack and install! Replacing roller elements is easy, as no
Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30: F < 100 N
tools are required and none of the surrounding roller elements
need to be removed. 0.0.657.88
Aluminium Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rails are used as 0.0.654.09
a safe means of keeping the transported goods on track. They
are simply pushed into the groove on the side of the Castor
Rail profile, which also increases the rigidity of the conveyor
line. Slide Strips made of PE-HD can then be fitted to protect a
against scratches. They are clipped onto the Guide Rails. 300
Two Line 6 profile grooves on the underside are used to
fasten the conveyor to a frame and make it easier to fit panel
elements that shield roller conveyors underneath from dirt and
dust.
F
Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30 boasts very good load-
carrying capacity over long stretches and excellent rigidity –
including when exposed to sideways bending. This means that,
in most cases, there is no need for additional support. Roller
f

Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30 is also available in an ESD-safe

version.
Note: Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 is available as a narrow-
a
er variant in a width of 40 mm.
300

q
f

Tip: The relevant statutory regulations, such as DGUV standards in

Depending on the type and shape of goods Germany, must be adhered to when building racks. Please note
being conveyed, weight can be unevenly that the load-carrying capacity of item roller conveyors can
distributed over the roller elements during exceed the capacity of other components. The maximum de-
transport. Please factor in this higher point flection (f) item recommends for two parallel roller conveyors
loading when making your selection. is: f < 1/100 a

155
MATERIAL FLOW

F[N] q[N/m] F[N] q[N/m]

7000 7000
80

6000 6000

5000 5000

4000 4000
q
3000 3000
q F 6
2000 2000

1000 F 1000

0 0
500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750
a[mm] a[mm]

Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30 Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30 with Guide Important:
Rails (increased bending strength) The load limits of adjacent components
in the construction must be taken into
account.

Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30

Castor Rail 6 80x40 E, Al, bright
Roller Inserts D30-63, PA
m = 2.25 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.667.52
49.5

33
1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.667.48
40

80
&4%
Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30 ESD
Castor Rail 6 80x40 E, Al, bright
Roller Inserts D30-63 ESD, PA, black
m = 2.33 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.667.53
1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.667.49

80 Castor Rail 80x40, Cap 80x40

St, bright zinc-plated, black
3 4 Countersunk Screws self-tapping 3.9x19, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 78.0 g
1 set 0.0.668.99
40

80 Castor Rail 80x40, Cap 80x80

7.5

8.2 St, bright zinc-plated, black

3 4 Countersunk Screws self-tapping 3.9x19, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
20

m = 148.0 g
1 set 0.0.669.00
80

156
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 Fastening Brackets D30

■ Secures Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 to Tubes D30
■ Stable connection due to T-Slot Nut
■ Also available with integrated stop

&4%

A stable hold at every angle: Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 Fasten-

ing Bracket D30 is used to fasten Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E
D30 to a (Profile) Tube D30.
The Fastening Bracket can be secured to the roller conveyor
with the supplied T-Slot Nuts, thereby creating a very secure
connection. This means the roller conveyor can be used as
a load-bearing element, which enhances the stability of the
frame. If required, the Fastening Bracket can also be secured
to the profile using the enclosed self-tapping screws.
Note: Roller Conveyor 6 Al Fastening Brackets U D30
(0.0.667.56) and I D30 (0.0.667.57) are used to interlink
conveyor lines with Roller Conveyor 6 80x40. Their hanger ele-
ments intermesh on the strut. Two Fastening Brackets of each
type are screwed to the Line 6 grooves on the roller conveyors.

&4%
Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 Fastening Bracket D30
85.
3 Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
45
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
59 2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 6912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Washers ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
46.5

2 T-Slot Nuts 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 297.0 g
41.5

1 set 0.0.667.54
30

80.
3
5
98.

&4%
85. Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 Fastening Bracket D30 with Stop H43
3
45 Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
59 2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 6912 M6x12, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Washers ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
2 T-Slot Nuts 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 368.0 g
95.5

1 set 0.0.667.55
41.5

30

80.
3 5
98.

157
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rails

■ Stable side guidance made from aluminium
■ Available in two widths
■ Also add extra rigidity to all Roller Conveyors 6 E D30

&4%

Tough but gentle: The Guide Rails for Roller Conveyors 6 E 0.0.654.94
D30 have a lot going for them. Made from aluminium, they
are slotted into the special groove that runs along the side of
the roller conveyor and can withstand even rough collisions
without coming away. They also make the already robust roller 0.0.681.52
conveyors even more rigid and reduce deflection by up to 0.0.696.84 ESD
50 percent.
Two types of Guide Rail are available – one that is spaced
30 mm from the centre of the roller conveyor (Roller Conveyor
6 40x40 E Guide Rail e30) and another that is 60 mm from the 0.0.657.88
centre line (Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rail e60).
Note: Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rails can also be
slotted into the side groove on Castor Rail 8 40x40. Slide strips can be used with aluminium item
guide rails. They are available in smooth and 0.0.654.94
profiled versions and are simply clipped on at
the side.

0.0.681.52
Tip: 0.0.696.84 ESD
To avoid the need for deburring, you can cover
the cut edges of the screw channel at the top
of the Guide Rails with Button-Head Screw
Self-Tapping M5x16, TX25. 0.0.654.09

30 8 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rail e30

&4%

Al, untreated
m = 0.62 kg/m
40

49.5

natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.657.88

85.5

natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.657.87

□40 1.8

60 8 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rail e60

&4%

Al, untreated
m = 0.77 kg/m
40

49.5

natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.654.09

85.5

natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.654.05

□40 1.8
&4%
Button-Head Screw Self-Tapping M5x16, TX25
16

St, bright zinc-plated

M5 m = 4.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.674.89

158
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rail Slide Strip

Slide Strip 48x2, plain
■ Covering for aluminium Guide Rails
■ Protect transported goods on roller conveyors
■ Low-friction plastic

&4%

Protect without slowing down: Slide Strips made of high-

strength polyethylene protect sensitive workpieces.
Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rail Slide Strip and Slide
Strip 48x2 can be attached to all Guide Rails e and z made of
aluminium. They can be clipped to either side of the Guide Rail.
The Slide Strips are available in smooth and profiled versions.
The smooth version is also available in an ESD-safe variant.

0.0.654.94 0.0.654.94 0.0.654.94

0.0.681.52 0.0.681.52 0.0.681.52

0.0.696.84 ESD 0.0.696.84 ESD 0.0.696.84 ESD

0.0.672.52

0.0.654.09 0.0.657.88

5 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rail Slide Strip

PE-HD
m = 124.0 g/m
48

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.654.94

2

5 Slide Strip 48x2, plain

PE-HD
m = 111.0 g/m
48

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.681.52

2

5 Slide Strip 48x2, plain ESD

&4%

PE-HD, ESD
m = 116.0 g/m
48

black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.696.84

2

159
MATERIAL FLOW

Castor Rail 6 40x40 E

Castor Rail 6 80x40 E
■ The basis for custom configured roller conveyors
■ Various roller elements available

&4%

Want to do things your own way? Castor Rails 6 40x40 E

and 80x40 E can be used to put together a bespoke Roller
Conveyor 6 E D30.
Castor Rails 6 E offer exactly the same benefits as the
preassembled roller conveyors. They exhibit excellent bending
strength and are secured to the frame on the underside with
a friction-based connection using their Line 6 profile groove.
Guide Rails that can be slotted in at the side help to keep small
load carriers and goods on track and also make the profile
more rigid.
The appropriate Roller Tracks need to be installed in the Castor
Rail to hold roller elements in place. For example, Castor Rail 6 40x40 E 6 80x40 E
6 40x40 E can thus be fitted out with coloured roller elements
that show the fill level of the roller conveyor. 0.0.654.94

0.0.681.52 40
0.0.696.84 ESD 80

Castor Rail 6 E is available in two widths (40

and 80 mm). The indentations running along
0.0.657.88 the outer sides are not system grooves, but
0.0.654.09 are instead designed to accommodate Roller
Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rails.

33.6 Castor Rail 6 40x40 E

&4%
R1
Al, untreated
11.2

A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]

3.63 0.98 5.00 8.53 1.99 4.27
16

R4 natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.651.29

□40

natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.650.47

73.6 Castor Rail 6 80x40 E

&4%
R1
Al, untreated
11.2

A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]

40

4.76 1.28 6.18 45.76 2.23 11.44

16

R4 natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.662.36

80
 natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.662.16

160
 MATERIAL FLOW

Castor D30
Rollers D11
■ Roller elements available separately
■ For custom configuration of Castor Rails 6 E

&4%

Just the way you like it! The roller elements of the ready-to-
install item Roller Conveyors 6 E are also available separately.
Design your own custom roller conveyor by combining a range
of different roller elements. The roller elements are available in
ESD-safe versions, too.
The roller elements can also be used as spare parts for Roller
Conveyors 6 40x40 E D30 and 6 80x40 E D30.
Please ensure the combination of roller element, Roller Track
and Castor Rail is correct when placing an order. It may also
be necessary to order an Axle D4 in the relevant length. The
following roller elements are available:
Castor D30-23:
A strong 23 mm-wide roller element available in a range of
colours with or without a flanged wheel that provides side
guidance.
Castor D30/2-23:
Half-width, side-by-side, offset roller elements. This reduces the
axle spacing.
Roller D11-23:
The very tight spacing of roller elements on smooth-running
Rollers D11 ensures steady movement on conveyor lines.
This minimises vibration and ensures that even very soft card
packaging can be conveyed.
Roller D30-63
A robust and easy-running 63 mm-wide roller element for
Castor Rail 6 80x40 E or as a replacement for damaged roller
elements in Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30.

161
MATERIAL FLOW

The following applies to all the products below:

PA

Castor D30-23
23
m = 7.5 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.620.36

30
signal red similar to RAL 3001, 1 pce. 0.0.620.42
signal yellow similar to RAL 1003, 1 pce. 0.0.620.44
4 signal green similar to RAL 6032, 1 pce. 0.0.620.46

&4%
Castor D30-23 ESD
m = 8.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.620.41

23
Castor D30-23 with Flanged Wheel
18.7
m = 9.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.620.37
signal red similar to RAL 3001, 1 pce. 0.0.620.52
30

signal yellow similar to RAL 1003, 1 pce. 0.0.620.54

44

signal green similar to RAL 6032, 1 pce. 0.0.620.56

4
&4%
Castor D30-23 with Flanged Wheel ESD
m = 10.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.620.51

23
Castor D30/2-23
10
m = 4.0 g
Ø30

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.656.78

&4%
Castor D30/2-23 ESD
m = 5.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.656.85
Ø11

23 Roller D11-23
m = 2.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.664.56

&4%
Roller D11-23 ESD
m = 2.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.648.97

63 Roller D30-63
m = 22.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.662.97
∅30

&4%
Roller D30-63 ESD
∅4 m = 24.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.664.42

162
 MATERIAL FLOW

Axle D4x29
■ Stable stainless steel Axles
■ Two lengths compatible with Castor Rails 6 E

&4%

The stable stainless steel Axle ensures that roller elements run
easily and smoothly in the roller conveyor.
The Axle is available in two lengths – 29 mm for all Castors
D30-23, D30/2-23 and Rollers D11, and 69 mm for all Rollers
D30-63.

29 &4%
Axle D4x29
St, stainless
Ø4 m = 3.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.619.13

&4%
69 Axle D4x69
St, stainless
m = 7.0 g
⌀4 1 pce. 0.0.662.37

163
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Tracks 100 D4

■ For custom Roller Conveyors 6 E
■ Various Tracks for various roller element types

&4%

The sturdy Roller Tracks 100 D4 can be used to design custom Note:
roller conveyors. Roller Tracks are basically used to fix roller The overview “Individual parts for Roller Con-
elements in Castor Rails 6 40x40 E(0.0.651.29) and 6 80x40 veyors 6 and 8” on pages 120/121 illustrates
E (0.0.662.36). They are also used as spare parts for Roller the corresponding roller elements, Axles and
Conveyors 6 E. Roller Tracks.
They are exceptionally easy to install. The Roller Tracks are
slotted into the end-face of a Castor Rail, where they are held
in place without the need for any screws. Each roller element
can then be individually inserted and replaced – with no need
for any tools.
There is a Roller Track for every roller element. The following
combinations are possible:
Roller Track 100 D4-20/33 (0.0.649.60):
Castors D30 (all colours)
Castors D30/2-23 (0.0.656.78)
Roller Track 100 D4-20/33 ESD (0.0.662.24):
Castors D30 ESD (0.0. 620.41)
Castors D30/2-23 ESD (0.0.656.85)
Roller Track 100 D4-50 (0.0.650.48):
Castors D30 with flanged wheel (all colours)
Roller Track 100 D4-50 ESD (0.0.662.25):
Castors D30 with flanged wheel ESD (0.0.620.51)

Roller Track 100 D4-12.5 (0.0.656.87):

Rollers D11-23 (0.0.664.56)
Roller Track 100 D4-12.5 ESD (0.0.662.48):
Rollers D11-23 ESD (0.0.648.97)

164
 MATERIAL FLOW

20 4.8
Roller Track 100 D4-20/33
20
20 ABS
20 ∅4 m = 5.0 g
10
33 grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.649.60

8.7
33
100 Roller Track 100 D4-20/33 ESD
&4%

12.2
PA-GF, ESD
m = 6.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.662.24

4.8
Roller Track 100 D4-50
50 ABS
25 ∅4 m = 5.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.650.48
8.7

100
&4%
12.2

Roller Track 100 D4-50 ESD

PA-GF, ESD
m = 6.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.662.25

8.4
Roller Track 100 D4-12.5
12.5 12.5
ABS
∅4 m = 8.0 g
12.5
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.656.87
16.6

100
&4%
6.3 Roller Track 100 D4-12.5 ESD
20

PA-GF, ESD
m = 10.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.662.48

165
MATERIAL FLOW

Castor Ball Insert D16-33 ESD

■ For Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30
■ Tight packing density
■ Variable conveying height

&4%

Fluid movement to wherever you want! Castor Ball Insert

D16-33 ESD moves transported goods in any direction with
very low friction. As a result, the castor balls enable changes of
direction on Karakuri/LCA applications and on transport lines.
This Insert for Roller Conveyors 6 40x40 E D30 is just 33 mm
long and therefore more compact than Castor Ball Insert ESD
(0.0.620.26) for Castor Rail 8 40x40. This means more roller
elements can be fitted in for every metre. This high packing
density leads to especially smooth movement because con-
tainers are in contact with more castor balls. In many cases,
this also means that roller conveyors can be built with a lower
gradient.
The Castor Ball Insert is supplied preassembled and is ESD-
safe. If necessary, the castor ball can be replaced with a Brush
Set ESD (0.0.622.24). Furthermore, the height of the castor
ball – and therefore the conveying height – can be varied by
0.5 mm depending on the mounting arrangement of the frame.

&4%
Castor Ball Insert D16-33 ESD
10

Preassembled
8.6

Castor ball D24, St

Cage for Castor Ball Insert, PA ESD
33. m = 46.5 g
3
1 pce. 0.0.700.18

166
 MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyors 8 D30

■ Excellent flexural rigidity and custom configurable
■ Large selection of castors, rollers, castor balls and other inserts
■ Line 5 and 8 system grooves provide versatile connection options

 &4%

The all-rounder: Roller Conveyor 8 D30 is the specialist for

tricky transport tasks. Whether preconfigured or customised
using a huge range of functional inserts, it can be used to
create conveyor sections that are perfectly tailored to the
characteristics of the transported goods and adapted to the
pace of the process. It also supports retrospective adjustments
as part of a continuous improvement process.
Inserts fitted with castors, rollers, castor balls, brushes and
slide elements can all be combined as required in rigid Castor
Rail 8 40x40.
Line 5 and 8 system grooves ensure the Castor Rails can be
connected to each other as well as to frames, Transfer Gates,
railings and other solutions.
Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Brackets D30 are used to
fasten Roller Conveyor 8 D30 to frames made of (profile)
tubes.

Note:
Transfer Gates for handling workpiece carri-
ers on Castor Rail 8 can be found in the item
Online Shop (item24.de/en/shop) and in the
item Work Bench System catalogue, in the Customising Castor Rail 8 40x40 couldn’t be easier: Simply
section on interlinking work benches. push the inserts into the rail to build your ideal roller conveyor.
Caps secure the ends.

a b c d e f g h
40

40.5
50.8
50

50

50

50

50

Right-angled connection of two Castor The wide range of inserts available for Castor Rail 8 40x40 make it a true all-rounder:
Rails 8 40x40 using fastening elements a: Castor Ball Inserts ESD
fitted to the Line 5 profile groove.
b: Castor Inserts D30/Castor Inserts D30 with Flanged Wheel, ESD-safety optional
c: Castor Rail 8 40x40, Brake
d: Roller Inserts 4xD11, ESD-safety optional
e: Brush Inserts ESD
f: Slide Strip Wedge Insert ESD
g: Castor Rail 8 40x40, Slide Strip ESD – raised installation
h: Castor Rail 8 40x40, Slide Strip ESD – low installation

167
MATERIAL FLOW

The relevant statutory regulations, such as DGUV standards in

Germany, must be adhered to when building racks. Please note
that the load-carrying capacity of item roller conveyors can
exceed the capacity of other components. The maximum de-
flection (f) item recommends for two parallel roller conveyors
is: f < 1/100 a
Tip:
Depending on the type and shape of goods being conveyed,
weight can be unevenly distributed over the roller elements
during transport. Please factor in this higher point loading
when making your selection.


Roller Conveyor 8 D30
Castor Rail 8 40x40, AI, anodized, natural
Castor Inserts, black
5 m = 1.70 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.628.40
80
49.5

&4% 
40 Roller Conveyor 8 D30 ESD
Castor Rail 8 40x40, AI, anodized, natural
Castor Inserts, black
m = 1.70 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.628.42


Roller Conveyor 8 D30 with Flanged Wheel
Castor Rail 8 40x40, AI, anodized, natural
Castor Inserts with Flanged Wheel, black
5 m = 1.70 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.628.41
80
49.5

&4% 
40
Roller Conveyor 8 D30 ESD with Flanged Wheel
Castor Rail 8 40x40, AI, anodized, natural
Castor Inserts with Flanged Wheel, black
m = 1.70 kg/m
cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.628.43

Castor Rail 8 40x40

■ Custom configurable with inserts
■ Extremely high bending strength
■ Optimum connection options thanks to three system grooves

 &4%

33.3 Castor Rail 8 40x40

&4% 
R1
Al, anodized
10


A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
4.65 1.28 5.65 9.87 3.86 4.93
16

R4 natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.626.91

□40 
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.618.28

168
 MATERIAL FLOW

Castor Inserts D30

■ Easy-running castors in ready-to-use modules
■ Various colours mark fill levels
■ Available in ESD-safe design

&4%

The following applies to all the products below:

Castor D30, PA
Housing, PA-GF, black
Axle, St, stainless
22
Castor Insert D30
10

m = 18.1 g
30

black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.620.16

10

signal red similar to RAL 3001, 1 pce. 0.0.627.06

33.
3 50
signal yellow similar to RAL 1003, 1 pce. 0.0.627.07
signal green similar to RAL 6032, 1 pce. 0.0.627.08

&4%
Castor Insert D30 ESD
m = 19.2 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.622.27

The following applies to all the products below:

Castor D30 with flanged wheel, PA
Housing, PA-GF, black
Axles, St, stainless
18.7
Ø44 Castor Insert D30 with Flanged Wheel
10

m = 19.6 g
30

black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.620.06

10

signal red similar to RAL 3001, 1 pce. 0.0.627.09

33.
3 50 signal yellow similar to RAL 1003, 1 pce. 0.0.627.10
signal green similar to RAL 6032, 1 pce. 0.0.627.11

&4%
Castor Insert D30 with Flanged Wheel ESD
m = 21.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.622.28

169
MATERIAL FLOW

Castor Rail 8 40x40, Brake

■ Slows workpieces at the desired point
■ Simply pushed onto the Castor Inserts

&4%

15 &4%
Castor Rail 8 40x40, Brake
St, stainless
m = 20.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.619.34

.6
132
0.8

Roller Inserts 4xD11

■ Tight roller spacing for smooth travel
■ Also suitable for containers with awkward or irregular bases
■ High load-carrying capacity

&4%

The following applies to all the products below:

4 rollers D11, PA
Housing, PA-GF, black
4 axles, St, stainless
22
Ø11 Roller Insert 4xD11
m = 31.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.644.55
9.5
10

&4%
33. 50 Roller Insert 4xD11 ESD
3
m = 30.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.648.98

170
 MATERIAL FLOW

Back Stop Insert ESD

■ Controls the direction of travel
■ Also suitable as transport securing device on mobile solutions
■ For Castor Rail 8 40x40

&4%

Back Stop Insert ESD allows containers and goods to pass

in one direction only. When work benches are interlinked,
including in one-piece-flow scenarios, this insert ensures that
workpiece carriers and containers stick to the specified route.
When used on mobile material supply equipment, the insert
acts as a transport securing device.
Back Stop Insert ESD is compatible with the modular Castor
Rail 8 40x40 and, like the other Inserts that are available, can
also be retrofitted by simply being clipped into place – no tools
required. The Back Stop is ESD-safe as standard.

21.4 &4%
Back Stop Insert ESD
24

Housing, PA-GF, black

47

Back Stop D4-23, PA-GF, black

Axle, St, stainless
10

m = 19.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.675.98
33.
3 50

171
MATERIAL FLOW

Castor Rail 8 40x40, Slide Strip ESD

■ Low-wear strips for simple goods transport
■ Two-level installation possible
■ Made from ESD-safe plastic

&4%

33.3 Castor Rail 8 40x40, Slide Strip ESD

&4%

10.5 PE-HD
m = 140.0 g/m
8.7

black, cut-off max. 3000 mm 0.0.622.26

22
black, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.620.00

Slide Strip Wedge Insert ESD

■ For a smooth transition between the two levels of the Slide Strips

&4%

&4%
Slide Strip Wedge Insert ESD
9.2

Slide Strip Wedge, PA-ESD, black

Housing, PA-GF, black
10

Button-Head Screw Z3.5x15, St, bright zinc-plated

33. 50 m = 20.0 g
3
1 pce. 0.0.620.84

172
 MATERIAL FLOW

Castor Ball Insert ESD

■ Move transported goods in two dimensions
■ Ideal for versatile insertion and removal points

Brush Insert ESD

■ Elastic fibres for gentle transport
■ Gentle scratch protection with low friction
&4%

Move in any direction: When using Castor Ball Insert ESD,

the direction of movement on containers and workpiece
carriers can be altered without having to exert any force. The
low-friction castor balls are ideal for designing insertion and
removal points on conveyor lines or rerouting roller conveyors
at an angle.
Castor Ball Insert ESD clips into Castor Rail 8. The castor balls
are available without a housing in the form of a Castor Ball Set,
which can be fitted to table tops, for example, so that the cas-
tor balls can be arranged in the desired spacing over an area.
When using Brush Insert ESD, goods and containers glide
over gentle elastic fibres. It is used in Castor Rail 8. Brush Set
ESD can be fitted directly to panel elements that connect to an
interlinking conveyor line. The brushes enable movement in
all directions, ensuring goods can be flexibly inserted into or
removed from conveyor lines or gently placed in storage.

&4%
Castor Ball Insert ESD
10

Castor Ball D24, St

Housing, PA-GF, black
10

m = 50.0 g
33. 50 1 pce. 0.0.620.26
3

Ø31 Castor Ball Set

&4%

Castor ball D24, St

9.7

Fixing clip, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 45.0 g
1 set 0.0.620.93
0.3

Ø24

&4%
Brush Insert ESD
10

Brush unit ESD, PA, black

Housing, PA-GF, black
10

m = 18.0 g
33.
3 50 1 pce. 0.0.622.22

Ø31 Brush Set ESD

&4%

Brush unit ESD, PA, black

9.7

Fixing clip, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 8.0 g
1 set 0.0.622.24
0.3

Ø24

173
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Brackets D30

■ A firm hold for Castor Rail 8 40x40
■ Also available with integrated stop

 &4%

Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Bracket D30 is the standard

fastener for Roller Conveyor 8 D30. Castor Rail 8 40x40 sim-
ply slots right into place. For additional security, the fastening
bracket can be screwed to the Tube D30 and Roller Conveyor.

Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Bracket with Stop H43 also

forms the terminus at the end of the line. Together with the
frame, the 43 mm-high stop ensures that containers and so on
are brought safely to a stop.
The design of Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Bracket D30
with Forward Stop H43 supports short reaching distances
because crates etc. come to a stop above the horizontal strut.
This makes it even easier for operators to take crates off the
conveyor line and thus offers an ergonomic advantage.

Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Brackets U D30 and I D30 can

also be used to build conveyor lines with a number of different
gradients. Together, they form a secure transition, taking
transported goods from one section to the next.

44 &4% 
Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Bracket D30
60 Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
45

30 T-Slot Nut 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated

41

m = 200.0 g
1 set 0.0.652.48
40
94

174
 MATERIAL FLOW

44 &4% 
Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Bracket D30 with Stop H43
60 Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated

94.5
T-Slot Nut 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 224.0 g
1 set 0.0.652.57
45

30
41

40 5
96.

40 &4% 
Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Bracket D30 with Forward Stop H43
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
94.5

60 T-Slot Nut 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 263.0 g
1 set 0.0.662.31
45

30
41

40
95

4 &4% 
22. 4 Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Bracket U D30
5
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
60 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 179.0 g
45

30
41

1 set 0.0.652.58

5
40 98.

44 &4% 
22 Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Bracket I D30
Fastening Bracket, St, bright zinc-plated
60 Button-Head Screw, self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 6912 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer ISO 7093-1-6-200 HV, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
45

30 m = 176.0 g
41

1 set 0.0.652.64

40 5
98.

Note:
Detailed information on the installation dimensions of the
roller conveyors, including Fastening Brackets, can be found
in the Technical Data section.

175
MATERIAL FLOW

Railing Support 8/5 100x80

Railing Fastening Set 5-135°
■ Side guide for conveyor lines
■ Customised railings made from Profiles 5
■ Integrated scales for easier alignment

A railing made using Line 5 profiles gives containers and 0 - 40

goods the lateral support they need on Roller Conveyor 8 D30.
Railing Support 8/5 100x80 is fastened to the Line 8 groove 0.0.391.02
of Castor Rail 8 40x40. Thanks to its wide adjustment range,
the distance between the railing and the roller conveyor can be 50 - 82.5
easily adjusted. 5

The railing itself is custom made from Line 5 profiles such

as the flat Profile 5 40x10 (0.0.391.06) or Profile 5 40x10 8
(0.0.391.06). This means the height of the railing can be
adjusted to suit requirements.
Line 5 profiles fitted at curved stretches of roller conveyor are
connected together using Railing Fastening Set 5-135°. This
produces a gentle transition with no sharp edges on the railing.

16 Railing Support 8/5 100x80


5.2
Die-cast zinc, white aluminium similar to RAL 9006
Locating lug, die-cast zinc
30

T-Slot Nut V 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated

10

T-Slot Nut 5 St M5, St, bright zinc-plated

100

Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 7984 M6x16, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M5x8, St, bright zinc-plated
10

40 m = 135.0 g
12
1 set 0.0.622.20
8 6.2
80

Railing Fastening Set 5-135°

2
16

Angle Bracket 5-135°, St, stainless

2 T-Slot Nuts 5 St M5, St, bright zinc-plated
135 2 Button-Head Screws ISO 7380 M5x6, St, bright zinc-plated
°
m = 15.0 g
1 set 0.0.627.35

176
 MATERIAL FLOW

Castor Rail 8 Caps

■ Safely cover over cut edges
■ Also available with integrated stop

The perfect end to Castor Rails 6 and 8, a secure hold for

Roller Tracks and protection against injuries. While the 40 mm
high Cap seals a Castor Rail neatly, the taller version (height of
80 mm) also acts as a stop. They also feature a slot that can be
used to affix an Impact Buffer.
The Cap is fixed to the Castor Rail easily, using self-tapping
screws.

0.0.416.37

0.0.622.30
0.0.669.00

If required, you can terminate the Castor Rail

by fitting an Impact Buffer (see Comprehen-
sive Catalogue for MB Building Kit System) to
the Cap.

177
MATERIAL FLOW

3 Castor Rail 8 Cap 40x40

St, bright zinc-plated, black
4 Countersunk Screws self-tapping 3.9x19, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 60.0 g

40
1 set 0.0.622.29

40
Castor Rail 8 Cap 80x40
8.2

7.5
3 St, bright zinc-plated, black
4 Countersunk Screws self-tapping 3.9x19, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated

20
m = 102.0 g
1 set 0.0.622.30

80

80 Castor Rail 80x40, Cap 80x40

St, bright zinc-plated, black
3 4 Countersunk Screws self-tapping 3.9x19, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 78.0 g
1 set 0.0.668.99
40

80 Castor Rail 80x40, Cap 80x80

7.5

8.2 St, bright zinc-plated, black

3 4 Countersunk Screws self-tapping 3.9x19, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
20

m = 148.0 g
1 set 0.0.669.00
80

178
 MATERIAL FLOW

Conveyor Rollers TR30

■ Easy-running bearings permit the smallest conveying angles
■ Aluminium or plastic rollers
■ Lines in custom widths and lengths

&4%

Plan conveyor lines to suit requirements, install them on site

quickly and modify them whenever necessary! The item solu-
tion for transport roller conveyors ensures you can make the
most of all the benefits offered by the Lean Production Building
Kit System to get crates and goods from A to B easily.
The solution is based on Bearing Block D30 100 D5-33 and
Conveyor Roller TR30, Bearing Flange D27/D5. The Bearing
Block clips directly onto a Profile Tube D30 without requiring
any tools and can be used to install up to three Conveyor
Rollers. The Bearing Flange transforms any Tube D30
(0.0.628.56) into a conveyor roller. As a result, using just a
small number of parts, you can build transport roller conveyors
in custom lengths and widths for a whole range of moving
goods – and all in a very short space of time.
The stable Bearing Block does not need to be screwed into
place – except when working with the ESD-safe Conveyor Roll-
er TR30, Bearing Flange D27/D5 ESD, because the screw in
the Bearing Block for this configuration creates the conductive
contact with the Tube.
Conveyor Roller TR30, Bearing Flange D27/D5 features a high
load-carrying capacity and a very smooth running action. Two
robust deep groove steel ball bearings ensure a long service
life. The Bearing Flange is simply pressed into the Tube D30.
The stable aluminium tube exhibits low profile deflection and is
ideal for building wide roller conveyors.
For gentle, scratch-free transport, conveyor rollers can be
made from plastic Tube D30x1.8 KU. Due to the thicker walls
that are necessary on a plastic tube, Conveyor Roller TR30,
Bearing Flange D26.4/D5 has to be used.

x
x-24
x-45

Tip:
Assembly Tool D30/D5.2-30 (0.0.701.80) F
should be used to ensure the axles of the
Bearing Flanges are not damaged during
assembly. The Tool’s aluminium bushings
ensure a hammer can be used for assembly
without causing damage, helping to press
the housing into the profile evenly.

Xmax Al = 600 mm Xmax KU = 400 mm

Xmin Al = 55 mm Xmin KU = 55 mm
Fmax Al = 100 N Fmax KU = 50 N

179
MATERIAL FLOW

Tube D30 (0.0.628.56) Tube D30x1,8 KU (0.0.675.02)

Due to the difference in wall thickness between Tubes D30
made of aluminium and plastic, it is essential to use the
appropriate Bearing Flange. Both variants use the same Bear-
ing Blocks. ESD-safe conveyor lines can only be built using 0.0.673.67 0.0.671.52 0.0.674.94 0.0.671.52
Conveyor Rollers made of aluminium. 0.0.675.58
&4%
0.0.671.99
&4%

1. 3.

0.0.701.80

0.0.674.94 0.0.673.67
2.
0.0.675.58 ESD
180°

0.0.675.01 0.0.628.52

Bearing Block D30 100 D5-33

100 33.3
3
33. PA-GF
m = 31.0 g
33.5

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.671.52

18
Ø3 Bearing Block D30 100 D5-33 ESD
&4%
0
27 PA-GF, ESD
m = 33.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.671.99

Ø3
0 Conveyor Roller TR30, Bearing Flange D27/D5
Ø27
PA-GB
m = 62.0 g
Ø5

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.673.67

46
&4%
Conveyor Roller TR30, Bearing Flange D27/D5 ESD
PA-GB, ESD
m = 32.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.675.58

Ø3
0 Conveyor Roller TR30, Bearing Flange D26.4/D5
Ø26.4 PA
m = 16.0 g
Ø5

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.674.94

39

180
 MATERIAL FLOW

&4%
Tube D30
Al, anodized
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
1.26 0.34 1.29 1.29 2.44 0.86 0.86
natural, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.628.56
natural, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.628.52
natural, 1 pce., length 4000 mm 0.0.685.05
natural, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.678.19

Tube D30x1.8 KU
PVC
Ø26.4
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
Ø30
1.59 0.22 1.59 1.59 3.18 1.06 1.06
grey similar to RAL 7042, cut-off max. 6000 mm 0.0.675.02
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 6000 mm 0.0.675.01

Assembly Tool D30/D5.2-30

Careful assembly! Assembly Tool D30/D5.2-30 is a practical aid for building conveyor lines
with item Conveyor Rollers TR30. The robust aluminium bushing is used to press Bearing
Flange D27/D5 (0.0.673.67) carefully and evenly into Tube D30.
The Assembly Tool covers over the axle of the Bearing Flange so that a hammer can be used
to install it in a Tube D30x1.8 KU (0.0.675.01) made of plastic or a Tube D30 (0.0.628.52)
made of aluminium. The set contains two aluminium bushings to protect the axles on both
sides.

&4%
Ø30.2 Assembly Tool D30/D5.2-30
Ø40 Al
Ø30 m = 222.0 g
1 set 0.0.701.80

25
62

181
MATERIAL FLOW

Slide Link D30

■ Simple container provision with stop
■ Installed quickly on all (Profile) Tubes D30
■ Fits around Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets up to 40 mm wide

&4%

Getting containers close to hand really can be this easy: As

l
they reach the end of the conveyor line, small load carriers
glide over Slide Links D30 on the last stretch and are securely
held in place by the integrated stop. These steel elements
are available to suit containers with a depth of 200, 300 or
400 mm in the direction of travel.
Slide Links D30 are incredibly easy to install. They are simply
hung between two (profile) tubes. The top end can be fitted
over Roller Conveyor Fastening Brackets that are 40 mm wide

46
and have already been screwed into place. This means they
can also be used to retrofit an angled removal point.

The length of the Slide Links has been matched to the

dimensions of transport boxes. An additional section of tubing
secures the top ends of the wire against lateral movement.

&4%
Slide Link D30 220
Ø5 51
2 Slide Links 220, St, stainless
2 tubing cut-offs, CR, black
l = 220 mm
0 m = 280.0 g
Ø3
1 set 0.0.658.77

&4%
Slide Link D30 330
l 2 Slide Links 330, St, stainless
0 2 tubing cut-offs, CR, black
⌀3 l = 330 mm
m = 348.0 g
1 set 0.0.658.76

&4%
Slide Link D30 440
2 Slide Links 440, St, stainless
2 tubing cut-offs, CR, black
l = 440 mm
m = 416.0 g
1 set 0.0.658.75

182
 MATERIAL FLOW

Slide Strips D30

■ Low-friction transport of containers and goods
■ Also suitable as coloured marking
■ Simple to install and remove

&4%

Always stay on track! Slide Strips D30 convert any Profile Tube
D30 into a conveyor line. Containers are simply slid over the
low-friction strips. The plastic is abrasion resistant and doesn’t
leave any marks.
item Slide Strips D30 are simply clipped onto a Profile Tube
D30 or Profile 6 D30. Seven colours are available, which
means Slide Strips can also be used as a visual management
tool. For example, colours can be used to indicate what is be-
ing carried on a transport trolley. Workers can tell at a glance
where rejects need to go and where finished products belong.
The ridge running along the side of Slide Strip D30 with Side
Guide H13 ensures that transport containers stay on track. It
can also be used to hold in place panel elements at the side,
creating a frame into which the panels can be laid. Slide Strip
D30 with Side Guide H13 c has a ridge running down its centre
and is designed for creating parallel conveyor lines. It helps to
reduce the number of support profiles and fastenings needed
to build these solutions.
Slide Strips D30 are also available in ESD-safe versions to
protect sensitive goods and staff.
20
13
33

20
13
33

20

183
MATERIAL FLOW

20 Slide Strip D30

PE-HD

5
10
m = 74.5 g/m
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.634.42
red similar to RAL 3020, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.689.47
yellow similar to RAL 1021, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.689.49
green similar to RAL 6024, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.689.51
blue similar to RAL 5017, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.689.53
orange similar to RAL 2011, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.689.55

&4%
Slide Strip D30 ESD
PE-HD, ESD
m = 81.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.634.55

20 Slide Strip D30 with Side Guide H13

2.5
PE-HD
m = 97.0 g/m
13

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.671.30

22.6

&4%
Slide Strip D30 with Side Guide H13 ESD
PE-HD, ESD
m = 129.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.671.33

2.5 Slide Strip D30 with Side Guide H13 c

PE-HD
13

m = 130.0 g/m
22.6

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.692.45

35
&4%
Slide Strip D30 with Side Guide H13 c ESD
PE-HD, ESD
m = 148.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.692.51

184
 MATERIAL FLOW

Brush Strips D30

■ A gentle hold for sensitive components
■ Two designs

&4%

Smooth but firm: Brushes made of PVC are stable enough to

keep parts on track but soft enough to be gentle on sensitive
surfaces.
Brush Strips D30 simply clip onto a Profile Tube D30. Two
versions are available: Brush Strip D30 T1 has two parallel
rows of brush that project vertically up and is also available in
an ESD-safe design. Brush Strip D30 T2 ESD has two rows of
brush that project out to the side and is ESD-safe as standard.

30 Brush Strip D30 T1

PVC
16.4

m = 143.0 g/m
26
21

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 500 mm 0.0.653.01

&4%
Brush Strip D30 T1 ESD
PVC, ESD
m = 147.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 500 mm 0.0.654.66

50 Brush Strip D30 T2 ESD

&4%

30
PVC, ESD
m = 155.0 g/m
14.4

black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 500 mm 0.0.654.64

24
20

185
MATERIAL FLOW

Roller D46/D30-20
Fastening Ring D40/D30-10
■ Rotate around (Profile) Tubes D30
■ Can be installed vertically and horizontally
■ Fastening Rings maintain positioning

&4%

The tube roller! Roller D46/D30-20 uses a Profile D30 as an

axle and thus supports all sorts of movements. Because the
Roller has the same conveying height as the item roller convey-
ors, it can also support the transitions on conveyor lines with 0.0.664.48
different gradients. This ensures a more gentle and dependa- 0.0.674.60 ESD
ble run and protects both the frame and the transported goods. 0.0.673.10
Roller D46/D30-20 rotates freely on a Tube D30 or Profile 0.0.674.85 ESD
Tube D30. Several Rollers can be used alongside each other to
create a broader rolling surface. 1
Made from impact-resistant PA, the Roller requires no mainte-
nance or lubrication. Rollers D46/D30-20 and Fastening Rings D40/D30-10 must
be pushed onto the (Profile) Tube D30 before the tube is fitted
into place.
Fastening Ring D40/D30-10 can be used to restrict the lateral
play of Roller D46/D30-20. Two self-tapping screws ensure a
secure hold. Thanks to the Fastening Ring, the Roller can also
be used vertically to provide side guidance.
0.0.664.48
Tip: The Fastening Ring can also be used to stop Roller D46/ 0.0.674.60 ESD
D30-20 grinding against the Roller Conveyor Fastening
Bracket, which would result in an uneven rolling motion.

20
Roller D46/D30-20
PA
m = 12.0 g
Ø46
Ø30.3

grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.664.48

&4%
Roller D46/D30-20 ESD
PA-ESD
m = 13.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.674.60

Fastening Ring D40/D30-10

10
Fastening Ring D40/D30-10, PA, grey
Ø40
Ø30.3

2 Button-Head Screws, self-tapping, 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated

m = 6.0 g
1 set 0.0.673.10

&4%
Fastening Ring D40/D30-10 ESD
Fastening Ring D40/D30-10 ESD, PA, black
2 Button-Head Screws self-tapping 3.9x16, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 6.0 g
1 set 0.0.674.85

186
 MATERIAL FLOW

Drawbars D25-686
■ Suitable for high trailer loads
■ For building complete tugger trains
■ Ergonomic self-lifting mechanism available

&4%

From a trolley to a train! item Drawbars link transport trolleys The spring on Drawbar D25-686, Self-Lifting
together or can form a connection with a tugger. pushes the Drawbar into a vertical position.
Drawbar D25-686, Self-Lifting is particularly ergonomic and When uncoupled, the Drawbar rests against
back-friendly. Its integrated spring constantly pushes the the frame in a space-saving arrangement.
Drawbar up, which means users can conveniently couple and
uncouple trolleys by foot. If the Drawbar is not needed, it folds
up, thereby eliminating any trip hazard.
Drawbar D25-686, which does not have a spring-loaded
self-lifting mechanism, can be held in place using Drawbar
Locking Lever 38. When lowering the Drawbar, the optional Drawbar Locking Lever 38 keeps coupling
Drawbar Stop 32 ensures it does not drop to the floor and elements neat and safe. It holds the Drawbar
stops users pressing it too far down with their foot. securely in a vertical position, which is particu-
Drawbar Coupling D25-74 is the connection point for the Draw- larly advisable when using the version without
bars. The Coupling should be installed with the pin pointing a self-lifting mechanism. The foot-operated le-
down when using the self-lifting Drawbar. When no self-lifting ver ensures the locking lever can be released
mechanism is being used, the pin should be pointing up. without having to stoop down.

To couple and uncouple Drawbar D25-686,

Self-Lifting, the operators use their foot to
press down on the Drawbar, which is kinder
on their back. A spring lifts the Drawbar
up, ensuring that it is securely held against
Drawbar Coupling D25-74, which features a
downward-pointing pin.

0.0.661.14
0.0.416.37
0.0.684.91
0.0.661.87
0.0.416.37
760
0.0.418.06

0.0.418.10

187
MATERIAL FLOW

313
6
74 35
25

146
40
⌀8.4
37 16
200

⌀8.4

16
Rated tensile force in continuous operation = 6000 N Fastening dimensions for Drawbar D25-686 and Drawbar D25-686, Self-Lifting
Maximum rated trailer load in continuous operation = 6 t

8 0.0.684.91 0.0.661.87 0.0.664.13

0.0.664.12 0.0.661.87 0.0.684.91 8

The pin of Drawbar Coupling D25-74 (0.0.661.87) should

be pointing up when using Drawbar D25-686 (0.0.664.13).
By contrast, when using Drawbar D25-686, Self-Lifting
(0.0.664.12), the pin should be installed pointing down. The
Coupling is fitted to the 80 mm-high Line 8 profile of the
load-carrying frame using the groove indicated above and
two Fastening Sets 8 6-8mm with Hexagon Socket Head Cap
Screw M8 (0.0.684.91).

&4%
313 Drawbar D25-686
Preassembled
Drawbar D25-650, St, bright zinc-plated
Impact Buffer M8 D30x30, NBR
110

Spring clip set D30, St, stainless

m = 8.5 kg
1 set 0.0.664.13
16
686
.4
723

&4%
313 Drawbar D25-686, Self-Lifting
Preassembled
Drawbar D25-650, St, bright zinc-plated
Impact Buffer M8 D30x30, NBR
110

Spring clip set D30, St, stainless

Torsion spring 6.5x52, St, stainless
m = 8.9 kg
16
1 set 0.0.664.12
686
.4
723

188
 MATERIAL FLOW

&4%
Drawbar Stop 32
Drawbar, angled stop, St, bright zinc-plated
Impact Buffer M8 D30x30, NBR
Fastening elements, St, bright zinc-plated

86
m = 674.0 g
1 set 0.0.661.14

8
⌀30

5
32 78.
30

&4%
Drawbar Locking Lever 38
Locking lever 23-1, St, bright zinc-plated
Bracket 46x20, St, bright zinc-plated

115
Fastening elements, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 382.0 g
45

1 set 0.0.660.96

20
38
4
18.5
43

11 &4%
8 Drawbar Coupling D25-74
43

St, bright zinc-plated

R20
52
16

m = 934.0 g
⌀25
1 pce. 0.0.661.87

80
74 2
110 98.

&4%
Fastening Set 8 6-8mm with Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw M8
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M8x18, St. bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 20.0 g
1 set 0.0.684.91

Note:
Four Fastening Sets 8 6-8mm with Hexagon Socket Head Cap
Screw M8 (0.0.684.91) are needed to install Drawbars D25-686
to the load-bearing frame and two Fastening Sets are required to
install Coupling D25-74.

189
MATERIAL FLOW

Drawbar D25-610
■ Low dead weight
■ Ergonomic self-lifting mechanism
■ For lightweight transport trolleys

&4%

The easier way to pull lightweight trolleys! Thanks to its low

dead weight, Drawbar D25-610 is ideal for transport trolleys
and tugger trains that are also light in weight.
The ergonomic self-lifting mechanism on Drawbar D25-610
is easy on the back. Its integrated spring pushes the Drawbar
up, which means users can couple and uncouple trolleys using
their feet and without having to bend over. If the Drawbar is not
needed, it folds up automatically so that it doesn’t present a
trip hazard.

Drawbar D25-610 connects to Drawbar Coupling D25-30. The

pin of the Coupling should be pointing down.
Important: Ensure the correct combination of Drawbar and
Coupling are used. Drawbar Coupling D25-74 cannot be used,
because the pin is located at a different working height.

70 35
0.0.684.91 25

35
16

Rated tensile force in continuous operation = 3000 N

Maximum rated trailer load in continuous operation = 3 t

6
202
160
6
Ø9

65
45

0.0.674.29 0.0.674.28 ISO 7093-1-8 0.0.684.91

Connection dimensions for Drawbar D25-610

190
 MATERIAL FLOW

202 &4%
Drawbar D25-610

65
Preassembled
Drawbar D25-610, St, bright zinc-plated
Impact Buffer M8 D30x30, NBR
Double torsion spring D32x4-70, St, stainless
m = 3.6 kg
16
1 pce. 0.0.674.29
610
645

&4%
Drawbar Coupling D25-30
62.5

St, bright zinc-plated

R35 m = 514.0 g
Ø25 1 pce. 0.0.674.28
5
42

30 65
8.4
15

40 6
70

&4%
Fastening Set 8 6-8mm with Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw M8
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M8x18, St. bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 20.0 g
1 set 0.0.684.91

Note:
Two Fastening Sets 8 6-8mm with Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw
M8 (0.0.684.91) are needed to install Drawbars D25-610 to the
load-bearing frame and two Fastening Sets are required to install
Coupling D25-30. Please note that two Washers ISO 7093-1-8-200
HV are also needed to fasten the Coupling.

191
MATERIAL FLOW

Handle D30 KH 300

■ Ergonomic and standard-compliant
■ Secured against twisting
■ Pleasant to grip

Ideal for keeping it all in hand! Handle D30 KH 300 comes

with everything you need to fit a standard-compliant handle to
a transport trolley made from Profile Tubes D30.
The set contains two Parallel Clamps D30-80 and a 360 mm
length of Tube KH D30x11.6, which is made of a 70 percent
wood composite material that feels more comfortable in the
hand than metal.
The length and orientation of the Handle have been designed
in line with the DIN EN 1757-3 standard for manually operated
industrial trucks and trolleys. The Parallel Clamps automatical-
ly position the Handle so that it is turned in slightly. This cre-
ates a gap between the Handle and the outside edge so that
user’s hands aren’t injured when pushing a trolley alongside a
wall, for instance. 30
The Handle must be fitted to a Profile Tube D30 or Profile Tube
D30 heavy duty because the grooves ensure it is correctly ori-
ented and prevent twisting. To increase the torsion resistance
0.0.628.28
of the Profile Tubes, it is advisable to use Fastener D30 T1,
300

0.0.642.34
which has an especially robust anti-torsion feature made of
aluminium.
Note: If the grip part of the handle needs to be aluminium, a 0.0.690.98
Tube D30 can also be used.

Parallel Clamp D30-80 44

40

45°
80

50

Handle D30 KH 300

Ø30
2 parallel Clamps D30-80, die-cast Al, natural
30 Tube KH D30x11.6, 360 mm, anthracite, Wood-PP
2 Caps KH D30, PA-GB, black
40

m = 685.0 g
300
80 1 set 0.0.690.98
3
30
192
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Low-cost automation – the mechanical solution

Low-cost automation (LCA) relieves strain on workers clear improvement in manual activities. Several processes
and boosts productivity without requiring complex control in assembly and intralogistics operations benefit from this
systems or drives. For example, connecting together pro- approach. When combined with item roller conveyors,
cesses with a little skill enables you to combine loading and complete shooter solutions can be built that release contai-
unloading procedures. Karakuri/LCA applications speed up ners as soon as the transport trolley arrives in the correct
workflows and help staff avoid tiring physical labour such position.
as lifting crates. Karakuri/LCA applications created using Profile Tube System
Let gravity do the work for you! Low-cost automation uses D30 can also be combined easily with the ergonomic item
lever principles and integrates moving elements into the Work Bench System. This means, for example, that work
frame. Profile Tube System D30 makes applications like benches can be equipped with material supply systems that
these particularly easy to achieve. use leverage to lift a full transport container to an optimum
Low-cost automation with the Lean Production Building Kit ergonomic reaching height while simultaneously returning
System uses a small number of components to deliver a an empty container.

Never miss a thing!

Lean production made easy: Training courses by item and the online portfolio
of the item Academy teach basic principles and innovative methods. You can
find the right training for your needs online, at:
item24.de/en/trainings
193
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Products in this section

Plain Bearing Sleeve D40/ Plain Bearing Sleeve D40/ Locking Rings D30 Telescope Clamp D40/ Pivot Bearing Set D30
D30 D30 ESD ◾ Secure the position of a D30 Double Pivot Bearing Unit
◾ Preassembled Plain ◾ For making plain bearings Plain Bearing D40/D30 ◾ For pull-out profiles ◾ Rotating fixing for (Profile)
Bearing in custom lengths ◾ Secure hold ◾ Easy length adjustment Tubes D30
◾ Moves along a profile ◾ For Profile Tube D40/D30 ◾ Clamp lever for firm hold ◾ Precise and reliable
◾ With rotation or torsion-re-
sistant

196 196 196 198 199

Bearing Block 8 80x80-50 Rotational Damper Sets Roller Set 8 D30-30 ESD Shock Absorber D30-110 15, Weights 0.5kg and 1.25kg
◾ Robust rotating bearing 8Nm ◾ Uses profile frames as adjustable ◾ Counterweights for
◾ Rotational dampers for ◾ Dampen rotary motion guidance for rollers ◾ Prevents severe impacts resetting
adjustable braking torque ◾ Scalable braking torque ◾ Excellent reliability for between moving assem- ◾ Fit on Profiles D30
moving components blies
◾ Secure under exposure to
load changes ◾ Adjustable damping action

201 201 203 205 207

Cable components Rotary Latch System Bowden cable compo- Braking Roller Set D52 Tool Balancers with
◾ For synthetic fibre and steel D9.5-120x30 nents ◾ Ensures assemblies move synthetic fibre cable
cables ◾ For holding and actuating ◾ For actuating assemblies smoothly ◾ For Karakuri/LCA appli-
◾ Pulley Wheels, Springs, hatches and lifts ◾ All essential components ◾ Balances out differences cations
Ring Bolts and accessories ◾ Low engagement force such as Bowden Cables in weight ◾ Low-friction routing
during resetting and a Manual Trigger

208 211 213 215 216

194
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Release Unit D30 Roller D39.5-25

◾ Releases / blocks conveyor ◾ Guides moving compo-
sections nents
◾ Purely mechanical solution ◾ Robust, ball-bearing roller

218 222

195
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Plain Bearing D40/D30-50 ESD

Locking Ring D30
Locking Ring D30 with Clamp Lever
■ Enable rotation and movements along a profile
■ Also available in torsion-resistant version
■ Extremely space-saving solution

&4%

Turning on a pin: item Plain Bearing Sleeves are the basis

for low-cost automation (LCA). They enable the low-friction
movement of a Profile Tube D40/D30 on a load-bearing D30
profile. Karakuri/LCA solutions created using the Lean Produc-
tion Building Kit System require very little installation space
because the moving components can simply be built into the
frame. Plain Bearing Sleeves D40/D30 ESD are maintenance
free and low friction.
Two versions are available: Plain Bearing Sleeve D40/D30
ESD facilitates rotation and movement along the guide profile.
If rotation is not desirable, Plain Bearing Sleeves D40/D30
ESD with anti-torsion feature can be used to guide the Profile
Tube D40/D30 precisely along a Profile Tube D30 or Profile 6
D30. These Plain Bearing Sleeves use the grooves to prevent
rotation, which makes it easier to guide counterweights, for
example.
Preassembled Plain Bearing D40/D30-50 ESD and Plain Bear-
ing D40/D30-50 ESD with anti-torsion feature offer particularly
convenient solutions. These sets consist of two Plain Bearing
Sleeves and a Profile Tube D40/D30. The tabs on the Plain
Bearing Sleeves engage with each other, locking together. The
Plain Bearings are supplied ready for use and have an overall
width of 50 mm.
Locking Ring D30 fixes and limits the position of Plain Bearing
D40/D30 along its axis. Locking Ring D30 with Clamp Lever is
When building custom plain bearings
an especially convenient option and can be used as a rapidly
in lengths of over 50 mm, four holes
adjustable stop. This offers a simple means of modifying the
need to be drilled in the Profile Tube
travel of plain bearings. Weights can also be fixed in place or ⌀4.2 D40/D30 (0.0.666.63) to accommo-
released with a flick of the wrist. 20 date the tabs on the Plain Bearing
5 Sleeves.
20

a Fx = 50 N
Fz = 500 N
L=a-52 Mx = 5 Nm
Fz
My = 5 Nm
Mx Fx
Mz = 0 Nm (0.0.665.36)
Mz Mz = 5 Nm (0.0.676.25)
My
0.0.665.36
0.0.676.25

0.0.623.56
0.0.665.36
0.0.676.25
0.0.664.50

196
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Mmax = 10 N

Fmax = 500 N

&4%
Plain Bearing D40/D30-50 ESD
Preassembled
2 Plain Bearing Sleeves D40/D30 ESD
Profile Tube D40/D30, 40 mm, Al, anodized
m = 38.0 g
⌀3
0 40 1 pce. 0.0.665.36
⌀4 50
0

&4%
Plain Bearing Sleeve D40/D30 ESD
POM, ESD
m = 6.0 g
⌀3 black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.665.63
0
⌀4 5
0

&4%
Plain Bearing D40/D30-50 ESD with anti-torsion feature
Preassembled
2 Plain Bearing Sleeves D40/D30 ESD
Profile Tube D40/D30, 40 mm, Al, anodized
m = 40.0 g
⌀3
0 40 1 pce. 0.0.676.25
⌀4 50
0

&4%
5.8

Plain Bearing Sleeve D40/D30 ESD with anti-torsion feature

POM, ESD
m = 7.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.676.03

⌀3
0
⌀4 5
0

&4%
Locking Ring D30
Preassembled
Locking Ring D30 profile, Al
Threaded cross dowel M6, St, bright zinc-plated
40

∅30.2
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912 M6x29.4, St, bright
zinc-plated
m = 50.0 g
28 15 1 pce. 0.0.664.50

50 Locking Ring D30 with Clamp Lever

Preassembled
Locking Ring D30 profile, Al
Threaded cross dowel M6, St, bright zinc-plated
35

Clamp Lever Pi 50 M6x40

40

Spacer sleeve D9.5/6.4-12, St, bright zinc-plated

Ø30 m = 130.0 g
28 15 1 pce. 0.0.692.29

197
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Telescope Clamp D40/D30

■■ For pull-out profiles
■■ Easy length adjustment
■■ Clamp lever for firm hold

&4%

The specialist solution for finding the perfect spacing: Tele-

scope Clamp D40/D30 fixes the internal Profile Tube D30 of a F
telescope at the desired position. This enables users to adjust
the height or gradient of accessories. Telescopic solutions can
also be used to build fold-away elements.

H
Thanks to the clamp lever, the length of the telescope can be
altered at any time, with no need for tools. 0.0.676.28

0.0.676.03

20
Plain Bearing Sleeve D30/D20 ESD ensures that a Profile Tube
D30 will slide smoothly inside a Profile Tube D40/D30. This

L PI
makes it ideal for building manual telescopic solutions.

LPA
0.0.670.95

F = 500 N
LPA = Length of external profile
LPA min = H+100 mm
LPI = Length of internal profile
LPI min = H+120 mm
H = Travel
Hmax = 2/3xLPA

Telescope Clamp D40/D30

77
Preassembled
40 Telescope clamp ring D40/D30, die-cast aluminium
Ø40 Telescope clamping device D40/D30, die-cast aluminium
Clamp Lever Pi 50 M6x40
Ø30
40

Threaded cross dowel M6, St, bright zinc-plated

Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M6x32, St, bright zinc-plated
15

m = 120.0 g
48 1 pce. 0.0.676.28

&4%
Plain Bearing Sleeve D30/D20 ESD
POM, ESD
m = 6.0 g
Ø2
0 5 black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.670.95
Ø3
0

198
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Pivot Bearing Set D30-28.5 M8

Double Pivot Bearing Unit D30-28.5 M8
■ Exceptionally easy running and precise
■ Durable, ball-bearing rollers
■ Highly robust and dependable

&4%

Responds to the smallest changes! Compact and robust Pivot Use the relevant M8 Threaded Insert to
Bearing Set D30-28.5 M8 ensures that even light transported create a fixing with the end-face of a D30
goods can actuate and trigger mechanisms. profile.
The pivot bearing is fastened to the end face of a (profile) tube
using a Threaded Insert and is also connected to a Fastener
D30. This ensures the profile can be rotated around its longi-
tudinal axis.
The Pivot Bearing Set comprises a fixed and a floating bearing
with 2 mm of length compensation. This ensures axial loads
can be accommodated and compensates for any expansion in
the shaft caused by heat – all without compromising precision.
The ball-bearing mounted pivot bearing is easy running and
exhibits low friction. Profile Threaded insert L1 L2
If only one bearing position is required or if very high loads Profile Tube D30 Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30 M8 Al a-108 a-54
occur, it is advisable to use Double Pivot Bearing Unit D30- (0.0.628.28) (0.0.675.17)
28.5 M8. This features two ball bearings. Consequently, it can
accommodate higher forces for rotating motions. As a fixed Tube D30 Threaded Insert D30 M8 a-108 a-54
bearing, Double Pivot Bearing Unit D30 doesn’t offer any play (0.0.628.56) (0.0.640.96)
Threaded Insert D30 M8 ESD
under axial load.
(0.0.640.98)
Note: To build structures that allow both rotation and move- Profile Tube D40/D30 Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D40 M8 Al a-108 a-54
ment along an axis, use item Plain Bearings D40/D30. (0.0.666.63) (0.0.673.71)
Profile Tube D30 heavy Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30 heavy a-98 a-49
duty duty
(0.0.642.34) (0.0.672.18)
Profile Tube D30-45° Threaded Insert, Profile Tube D30 heavy a-98 a-49
heavy duty duty
(0.0.683.34) (0.0.672.18)

a a Fx = 200 N
Fz = 750 N
L1 L2 My = 15 Nm
Mz = 15 Nm
F F = 500 N F
Fz
Fx
Mz
My

0.0.683.99 0.0.681.92

Profile length L1 varies depending on the profile and Threaded Double Pivot Bearing Unit D30-28.5 M8 can be fitted
Insert used. Both bearing units of Pivot Bearing Set D30-28.5 to just one end of a profile, via the end face. The re-
M8 are fastened at the ends of the profile. Loading values F quired profile length L2 is determined by the combina-
correspond to those of Profile Tube D30. tion of Threaded Insert and profile. In addition to the
maximum load-carrying capacity of the Double Pivot
Bearing Unit, it is important to also take into account
the load limits of the adjacent components.

199
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Ø3 &4%
0 Pivot Bearing Set D30-28.5 M8
Bearing Unit D30-28.5 M8, floating bearing, Al, St, bright zinc-plated, preassembled
Bearing Unit D30-28.5 M8, fixed bearing, Al, St, bright zinc-plated, preassembled
m = 159.0 g
M8

1 set 0.0.683.99
5
28.
9
9
5
28.
Ø3 &4%
0 Double Pivot Bearing Unit D30-28.5 M8
Preassembled
Bearing shaft, St, bright zinc-plated
Bearing sleeve, Al, untreated
M8

2 deep groove ball bearings, St, bright zinc-plated

Dome-head screw M8x35, St, bright zinc-plated
5 O-ring DIN ISO 3601 7x2, NBR
28.
m = 97.0 g
11.5
1 pce. 0.0.681.92

200
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Bearing Block 8 80x80-50

Rotational Damper Sets 8Nm 4kt10
■ Dampens rotational movement
■ Scalable braking torque
■ Secure under exposure to load changes

&4%

A powerful response to load changes! If moving compo-

nents build up considerable momentum, systems can be
overwhelmed, thereby putting staff at risk. Bearing Block 8
80x80-50 with rotational dampers uses multi-stage damping
to reliably absorb even high torques and thus control rotary
motion.
The key component is easy-running Bearing Block 8 80x80-
50. This precise rotary bearing can be used in opposing pairs
or as a one-sided bearing. Rotational Damper Set 8Nm 4kt10
M5-68 T1 is used to ensure rotary motions are gentle and
controlled. The braking torque can be extended with up to two
Rotational Damper Sets 8Nm 4kt10 5.5-68 T2. This means
braking torque can be scaled to 8, 16 or 24 Nm.
As required by CE standards, the rotational damper prevents
the uncontrolled acceleration of an assembly and thus impact
injuries. The sturdy Bearing Block is connected to a load-bear-
ing construction via Line 8 grooves.

Bearing Block 8 80x80-50 (0.0.695.21) can be fitted with up

0.0.695.21 to three rotational dampers, as required. Rotational Damper
Set T1 (0.0.704.09) uses a square spindle as an axle.
To prevent injuries, this spindle must be cut to size if fewer
0.0.704.16 than three rotational dampers are being used on Bearing Block
8 80x80-50.

0.0.704.09
MB = 0 Nm/8 Nm/16 Nm/24 Nm
MB = Max. braking torque
MB

MB = 0 Nm/8 Nm/16 Nm/24 Nm

MY = 45 Nm
FX = 1000 N
FZ = 3000 N

Note: In addition to the maximum load-carrying capacity of the

FX Bearing Block, it is important to also take into account the load
limits of the adjacent components.
MB FZ MY

201
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

&4% 
Bearing Block 8 80x80-50
8 Preassembled
Profile housing 80x80-50, Al, anodized
36 Shaft D25-38.5 36A/F M8, Al
Bearing cover D40/D8-8, Al

80
2x 6
2 deep groove ball bearings 6005, St
2x 8 2 circlips DIN 472, St
M8 Dowel pin ISO 8734 5m6x16, St, bright zinc-plated
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991-M8x20, St, bright zinc-plated
26
m = 693.0 g
50 1 pce. 0.0.695.21
60

⌀4 &4%
M6 0 Rotational Damper Set 8Nm 4kt10 M5-68 T1
4 Driving flange D40-10x10-46, St, bright zinc-plated
10
Rotational damper 8 Nm
2 Button-Head Screws ISO 7380 M5x45, St, bright zinc-plated
4 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 7984 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
46 6 washers, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 206.2 g
1 set 0.0.704.09
M5
68
3

&4%
15 Rotational Damper Set 8Nm 4kt10 5.5-68 T2
Rotational damper 8 Nm
2 spacer sleeves D9.5/6.4-12, St, bright zinc-plated
2 washers, St, bright zinc-plated
⌀5.5 m = 93.0 g
1 set 0.0.704.16
10
68

202
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Roller Set 8 D30-30 ESD

Roller D30/D6-16 ESD
Spacer Bushing D17/D6-12
■ For carriages and moving components
■ Utilise profile frames for guidance
■ Excellent operational reliability

 &4%

Precise movement under all conditions: Roller D30/D6-16 ESD

ESD and Roller D30/D6-16 T1 ESD ensure smooth running on
carriages and other moving components. They use the profile
frame as guidance, meaning there is no need for additional
profiles. ESD
Roller D30/D6-16 ESD has a concave running surface with a
contour that perfectly matches that of (Profile) Tubes D30. For
0.0.681.51
best results, Roller D30/D6-16 ESD should be installed togeth-
0.0.681.68
er with Roller D30/D6-16 T1 ESD. Using this combination of
Rollers prevents jamming as a result of static overdetermina- 0.0.688.03
tion. This means Karakuri/LCA applications can also be built 0.0.688.00
for lightweight containers.
The Rollers are available preassembled with Spacer Bushings
and a T-Slot Nut 8 as Roller Set 8 D30-30 ESD and Roller Set
8 D30-30 T1 ESD. This means they can be rapidly attached to
a Profile Tube 8 D30 or any Line 8 groove, thereby making it
even easier to construct lifts, roller trolleys and slides.
The Rollers and Spacer Bushing D17/D6-12 are also available
separately for custom applications. The Spacer Bushings
create the necessary gap between the profile and slide. They
are fastened using M6 screws in an item Multiblock D30, for
example.

F = 50 N
16 12 10
Ø30
30

Ø30
30

16 &4% 
22 Roller Set 8 D30-30 ESD
Partially preassembled
Ø33

30

Roller D30/D6-16, POM, ESD

2 Spacer Bushings D17/D6-12, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912 M6x47, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut V 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 79.0 g
⌀ 1 set 0.0.681.51
⌀

203
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

16 Roller Set 8 D30-30 T1 ESD

&4% 
22
Partially preassembled

Ø30
Roller D30/D6-16 T1, POM, ESD
2 Spacer Bushings D17/D6-12, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw similar to DIN 912 M6x47, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut V 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
⌀ m = 79.4 g
1 set 0.0.688.03
16 &4%
Roller D30/D6-16 ESD
Preassembled
Ø33

30
Roller D30, POM, ESD
2 deep groove ball bearings, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 28.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.681.68
⌀
⌀
16 &4%
Roller D30/D6-16 T1 ESD
Preassembled
Ø30

Roller D30 T1, POM, ESD

2 deep groove ball bearings, St, bright zinc-plated
⌀ m = 28.4 g
1 pce. 0.0.688.00

12 Spacer Bushing D17/D6-12

&4%
Ø17

St, bright zinc-plated

m = 15.0 g
Ø6 1 pce. 0.0.681.67

204
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Shock Absorber D30-110 15, adjustable

■ Prevents severe impacts
■ Adjustable damping
■ Reduces vibrations

Take the shock out of impacts! Protect moving assemblies by

diminishing kinetic energy with Shock Absorber D30-110 15,
adjustable. The solution brings hatches or lifts in Karakuri/
LCA applications safely to a stop before they hit their limit stop,
thereby reducing strain on the frame.
The Shock Absorber ensures that actions in mechanical
automation systems terminate at their end position so that
transitions between individual steps run smoothly. This boosts
process reliability and also eases the strain on all the parts
involved.
The Shock Absorber is supplied preassembled and is housed
within a Profile Tube D30 heavy duty. As a result, it can be
mounted in place using fasteners from the Lean Production
Building Kit System. Its damping action is set by using a screw- 15
driver to adjust a mechanism at the end of the Shock Absorber.
The maximum damping travel is 15 mm. Thanks to the fine
thread and the counter nut, positioning can also be adjusted
accurately once the product has been mounted to a frame.
The oil-filled Shock Absorber is maintenance-free.
a 60
110

a External limit stop Full travel

needed
= 14 − 
> 14  
< 14 − −
– No; • Yes

35
50
30
35
25
20
m [kg]

15
10
5
0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
v [m/s]

In addition to the maximum load-carrying ca-

pacity of the Shock Absorber, it is important to
take account of the load limits of the adjacent
components in the construction.

205
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Note:
Shock Absorber M20x1.5-110 15 itself must
not be used as a limit stop. The assembly
provides the option of using the Profile Tube
D30 heavy duty included in the scope of
supply as the actual limit stop. Depending
on how the screw has been set on the
Shock Absorber, it may be necessary to fit a
separate limit stop to the frame.

M20x1.5 Shock Absorber D30-110 15, adjustable

24
Preassembled
30 Shock Absorber M20x1.5-110 15
Profile Tube D30 heavy duty, Al, anodized
m = 208.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.683.68
15 60
110

206
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Weight 0.5kg D100/D31-13

Weight 1.25kg D128/D31-20.5
■ As a counterweight in Karakuri/LCA solutions
■ For resetting assemblies
■ Fit on Profiles D30

Weight 0.5kg D100/D31-13 and Weight 1.25kg D128/D31-

20.5 are used to reset functional Karakuri/LCA units such as
hatches, lift systems and carriages.
The inside diameter of 31 mm ensures the Weights are com-
patible with any (Profile) Tube D30. Locking Ring D30 is used
to fix them in place.

13 Weight 0.5kg D100/D31-13

St
100

m = 0.5 kg
31

black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.692.10

20.
5 Weight 1.25kg D128/D31-20.5
St
128

m = 1.25 kg
31

black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.692.11

207
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Cable components
■ Parts and accessories for Karakuri/LCA applications
■ For synthetic fibre and steel cables

&4%

Time to get your applications moving – and this is how! Kara-

kuri/LCA uses a combination of gravity, leverage and muscle
power. Cable components from item give you the tools you
need to transmit mechanical movements and tensile forces.

Steel cables can be connected using Wire Cable Clamp D3 Fmax = 500 N
M4x10, which can be released to allow fine adjustment.

Synthetic Fibre Cable D3 can be easily redirected around

components and is frequently used with counterweights. When
it comes to making mechanical connections for actuating or
triggering a Karakuri/LCA solution, it is advisable to use Steel
Cable D3 sheathed. Thimble D12/D3 and Cable End Link D12-
34 create the connections between cables and accessories.

Ring Bolt D10 M6x45, meanwhile, is used to make a connec-

tion to constructions such as carriages and counterweights. It
is simply screwed into a Multiblock D30 or the end face of a
Profile D30. The ring offers a stable connection point for both
steel and synthetic fibre cables.

item offers Spacer Bushing D17/D6-5 and Spacer Bushing

D17/D8-15 for evening out the heights of different compo-
nents. The Spacer Bushings are designed to ensure there
is a big enough gap between the profiles and Karakuri/LCA
components in a construction, so that cables run with perfect
precision. Several Bushings can be installed one on top of the
other when larger gaps need to be created.

Cables often need to be redirected to create compact construc-

tions. Cable Pulley Wheel D42/D6-12 offers simple and secure
guidance for cables. This high-quality, ball-bearing pulley can
be screwed directly to the profile with or without Spacer Bush-
ings. The bracket plate included in the scope of supply stops
the cable from springing out of the pulley.

Extension Spring 1.25x12.7x121 can be used to apply the

force needed to automatically reset levers and locks.

208
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

12 Cable Pulley Wheel D42/D6-12

Pulley D42/D6-10, PA
Bracket plate R25/D6-8.5, St, bright zinc-plated

Ø50
m = 37.0 g
1 set 0.0.682.16

Ø6.5

2
Ø4

Synthetic Fibre Cable D3

00 0
100 PES
m = 2.0 g/m
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 roll, length 100 m 0.0.682.01
⌀3 grey similar to RAL 7042, cut-off max. 100m 0.0.682.47

Steel Cable D3 sheathed

00 0
100 St, bright zinc-plated
PA, transparent
m = 20.0 g/m
⌀3 transparent, 1 roll, length 100 m 0.0.675.05
transparent, cut-off max. 100m 0.0.682.46

Ø3 Thimble D12/D3
&4%

St, bright zinc-plated

Ø12 m = 6.0 g
25.8

1 pce. 0.0.675.04
4
17.4

5.8 &4%
Ferrule D3-11
Al
11

Ø3.3 m = 8.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.682.18
9.1

Ferrule Crimper D3
St
m = 3.2 kg
1 pce. 0.0.683.33
630

85

209
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Ø10 Ring Bolt D10 M6x45

&4%

Ring Bolt D10 M6x45, St, bright zinc-plated

10 Washer, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon nut DIN 934 M6-I8I, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 21.0 g

45
1 set 0.0.687.17

M6

12 Cable End Link D12-34

&4%

Ø4 St, bright zinc-plated

34
m = 12.0 g
8 1 pce. 0.0.686.02

21 Ø3 Wire Cable Clamp D3 M4x10

&4%

20
St, bright zinc-plated
m = 9.0 g
10

1 pce. 0.0.687.68
M4

&4%
Ø8.4 Spacer Bushing D17/D8-15
St, bright zinc-plated
Ø17 m = 20.0 g
15
1 pce. 0.0.685.65

Ø6.4 &4%
Spacer Bushing D17/D6-5
St, bright zinc-plated
Ø17 5 m = 8.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.685.67

&4%
Extension spring 1.25x12.7x121
121 St, stainless
Ø1.25
Extension spring similar to DIN 2097
Spring rate R = 0.172 N/mm
m = 29.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.660.45
Ø12
.7

210
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Rotary Latch System D9.5-120x30

Latch Bolt Set D9.5-22.5-M8
■ High holding force for hatches and lifts
■ Accurate release and low engagement force
■ For Karakuri/LCA applications

 &4%

A strong hold and an accurate release! Rotary Latch System

D9.5-120x30 holds hatches and lifts securely in place even
when under load. It is an ideal solution when loading and
unloading small load carriers that then need to be moved using
mechanics.
The integrated lever with eyelet releases the latch precisely
and is actuated by hand using Bowden cable components or
other cable systems. Once released, it only takes a gentle force
for the latch bolt to re-engage securely with the rotary latch
mechanism.
The two separate sets for the latch and bolt work hand in hand
with each other. The Rotary Latch System contains fixings and
a mounting plate that can be used on both sides so that the
latch can be set up to release in any direction. Latch Bolt Set Releasing left
D9.5-22.5-M8 comes with everything needed to secure the
bolt to a Line 8 groove, such as a groove on a Profile Tube 8
D30. A 5 A/F Allen key fits into the end of the bolt.
Note: The Rotary Latch System and Latch Bolt Set must not be
used as a limit stop. A limit stop must be built into the structure
of the frame.
The load limits of adjacent components in the construction
must be taken into account.

49 44
29 24

F F

F = 300 N

211
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Releasing right

53 44
33 10 24

M = 10 Nm

F F

F = 300 N

&4% 
Rotary Latch System D9.5-120x30
120 Rotary latch D9.5, St, bright zinc-plated
90 Mounting plate 120x30-5, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x16, St, bright zinc-plated
2 T-Slot Nuts V 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Countersunk Screws DIN 7991 M6x16, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 251.0 g
28

5 1 set 0.0.695.00
30

9.5
14. . 5
2 68

5 11 Latch Bolt Set D9.5-22.5-M8

&4% 
33. .5
22 Latch bolt D9.5-22.5-M8, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut V8 St M8, St, bright zinc-plated
5 15 m = 25.0 g
9.4 1 set 0.0.697.00

212
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Bowden cable components

■ Pre-assembled lever
■ For actuating Karakuri/LCA assemblies
■ All necessary components for a Bowden cable system

&4%

Simply get started! Manual Trigger D30 and Bowden Cable

D1.5 are ideal for actuating assemblies and functional units in
Karakuri/LCA solutions. For example, pulling the lever can re-
lease locks or actuate hatches. The complete system includes
all necessary parts.
Manual Trigger D30 comprises a lever that is already fitted to
a Profile Tube D30 heavy duty, meaning it can be very easily
fixed wherever needed on a frame. The maximum travel on
the Manual Trigger is 30 mm. Adjusting Screw D5/D3-M6x20
can also be used to set the actuation point with outstanding
precision and change it later on.

Bowden Cable D1.5 is a robust steel cable. To ensure the

Manual Trigger operates correctly, the cable must be sheathed 3.
and routed with Bowden Cable Sheathing D5/D1.5.
0.0.694.45
Accessories such as Cable Barrel Clamp D7/D2-7 M4 and 0.0.682.55
2.
Thimble D7/D2 are available for transmitting movement. The 0.0.682.45
end of the loop is fastened to the Bowden Cable using Ferrule 0.0.682.42
D2-7. Ferrule Crimper D2 is used to securely press everything
1. 0.0.694.46
together. 0.0.682.53
M
0.0.691.93 2 0.0.692.48

Tip:
Watch explanatory videos here to discover how Karakuri/LCA
applications work:
karakuri.item24.de/en/applications.html

Manual Trigger D30

210 Partially preassembled
Profile Tube D30 heavy duty, Al, anodized
Grip D22.2, TPE
150 Trigger lever D22.2, Al
Cap, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty, PA, grey
Cable Barrel Clamp D7/D2-7 M4, St, bright zinc-plated
End Cap D6/D5-12, St, bright zinc-plated
31 m = 277.0 g
1 set 0.0.691.93

6/4.5 Adjusting Screw D5/D3-M6x20

&4%

Adjusting Screw M6x20, CuZn, nickel-plated

Nut M6 10 A/F, CuZn, nickel-plated
m = 6.0 g
6

7
1 pce. 0.0.682.42
20

10
M6

213
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

&4%
Bowden Cable D1.5
20000 St, bright zinc-plated
m = 11.6 g/m
1 roll, length 20 m 0.0.694.46
⌀1. cut-off max. 20 m 0.0.682.53
5

Bowden Cable Sheathing D5/D1.5

00
200 Plastic/St
m = 64.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 roll, length 20 m 0.0.694.45
⌀5 black similar to RAL 9005, cut-off max. 20 m 0.0.682.55
Ø2.2

Ø2 Thimble D7/D2
&4%

Ø7
St, stainless
m = 3.0 g
15

4
11 1 pce. 0.0.682.17

4.2 Ferrule D2-7

&4%

Al, untreated
7

Ø2.5 m = 1.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.682.19
6.6

Ferrule Crimper D2
St
m = 654.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.694.36
227

52

16 Ø2 Wire Cable Clamp D2 M3x8

&4%

16
St, bright zinc-plated
m = 9.0 g
8

1 pce. 0.0.691.99
M3

&4%
6 End Cap D6/D5-12
5 St, bright zinc-plated
m = 0.7 g
2.5
1 pce. 0.0.682.45
5.7
12

&4%
2 Ø2 Cable Barrel Clamp D7/D2-7 M4
St, bright zinc-plated
Ø7 m = 2.0 g
7
1 pce. 0.0.692.48

214
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Braking Roller Set D52-95 M6

■ For steady motion
■ Balances out differences in weight
■ Prevents severe impacts

Everything under control! Braking Roller Set D52-95 M6 en-

sures assemblies move steadily. Deceleration increases in line
3
with speed so that the Braking Roller effectively counteracts 3
strong acceleration. 0.0.675.05
0.0.675.05
The Braking Roller helps to reduce the mechanical strain on
frames, transported goods and moving elements. For example,
load changes during loading/unloading can lead to severe 10
impacts and thus cause damage. When using the Braking 20 17.5
Roller, moderately heavy containers and goods weighing up
to 15 kg can be safely transported via lift systems or hatches, 95
which improves process reliability.
ISO 4034-M6
Three external grooves can be used to route cables around the 0.0.653.24
Braking Roller. The spacing of these grooves makes it easy
to ensure cables are routed in line with the positions of item Braking Roller Set D52-95 M6 comes with Adapter 8 80 D30 (0.0.653.24) can be used
deflection pulleys and spacers. Two redundant cables can also four T-Slot Nuts and matching screws so it can to attach Braking Roller Set D52-95 M6 to a
be run around a Braking Roller to further increase the safety be installed between two Profile Tubes 8 D30 Fastener D30, although the two anti-torsion
of a Karakuri/LCA solution in line with the requirements for CE or other profiles with a Line 8 groove. features of the Adapter must be removed in
certification. order to do so.
The necessary fastening elements are included in the scope
of supply.

Fmax = 150 N


Ø52 Braking Roller Set D52-95 M6
Ø58 Braking Roller D52
2 braking roller fixings M6, St, bright zinc-plated
4 T-Slot Nuts V 8 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
4 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x14, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 395.0 g
1 set 0.0.688.23
17

66
95
80

215
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Tool Balancers with a synthetic fibre cable

■ Precisely adjustable retraction force
■ Synthetic fibre cable can be easily redirected
■ Three different sizes available

They can do it all! Tool Balancers with a synthetic fibre cable

are tear-resistant and, unlike steel cables, can be easily guided
over small pulleys. This makes them perfect for Karakuri/LCA
applications.
Tool Balancers automatically pull moving components back to
their starting position. The adjustable retraction force of the
item Tool Balancers enables precision setting.
Tool Balancers with a synthetic fibre cable come in three
designs with a retraction weight of 1 to 2 kg, 2 to 3 kg or
10 to 14 kg.

The following applies to all the products below:

Casing, die-cast Al
Synthetic fibre cable ⌀ 2 mm
Securing loop: Sheathed steel cable ⌀ 2 mm, St, stainless
Cable clamp, St, bright zinc-plated
Spring Hook, St, stainless
Notes on Use and Installation

Tool Balancer 1-2 kg, Synthetic Fibre Cable

113
m = 664.0 g
93
1 pce. 0.0.682.87

Tool Balancer 2-3 kg, Synthetic Fibre Cable

60
m = 694.0 g
1 pce. 0.0.682.88
117
123 - 1600

216
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Tool Balancer 10-14 kg, Synthetic Fibre Cable

193
162 Casing, die-cast Al
.6 Synthetic fibre cable ⌀ 2 mm
Securing loop: Sheathed steel cable ⌀ 2 mm, St, stainless
Cable clamp, St, bright zinc-plated
5 Spring Hook, St, stainless
99.
Wrench 30 A/F, St, bright zinc-plated
Notes on Use and Installation
m = 3.2 kg
1 set 0.0.681.00

224
128-2500

217
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Release Units D30

■ For efficient shooter solutions
■ Selective actuation of individual filling levels
■ Separation of containers during material supply and removal operations

&4%

Efficient picking made easy: Compact Release Unit D30

makes it possible to automatically load and unload flow racks.
Customised shooters that move small load carriers from
station to station help to reduce production costs.
Release Unit D30 features a robust pivoting Bar that holds
transport crates in place on the roller conveyor. The system’s
locking mechanism is automatically opened when there is
side-on contact between an Actuator Ramp and Actuator Roller
and the shooter and workstation are correctly aligned. The
Spring-Loaded Reset Device ensures the Bar travels back to its
original position as soon as the transport rack moves away.
This type of shooter solution supports the selective release of
individual conveyor lines, thus enabling the precise operation
of picking systems with feed and return lines. Two Bars are
available for different loads. Release Unit D30 Bar T2 features
smooth-running ball and needle bearings, meaning lower
actuation forces are required than with Release Unit D30 Bar
T1. The Release Unit remains easy to actuate, even when the
Bar is exposed to axial pressure from heavy containers. This
results in added operational reliability.
Bar T1 is supplied with fastening elements for connecting it to
a Profile 6 D30. To install Bar T2, the relevant Fastening Set
for either Profile 6 D30 or Profile 6 30x30 must be ordered.
Actuator Ramps are available in two installation depths to suit
different roller conveyors (38 and 61 mm). This ensures that
even conveyor lines that protrude can be reliably actuated.

How Release Unit D30 works: Stable Bars hold the load in
place (e.g. transport boxes). When the shooter pulls alongside,
23.5

its Actuator Roller rolls up and over the Ramp on the work-
station. The Actuator Roller is fixed to a spring-mounted strut
- the roller strut - that follows the contour of the Ramp and is
thus pushed up and to the side. This causes the Bars that are
fastened to both the roller strut and the upper profile to pivot to
the side, thereby ensuring that the load is only released when
the roller conveyor is correctly aligned.

l1 l2
a 3 3 b

L: Total clearance
a: Recommended minimum clearance = 113 mm
b: min. 91 mm
l1 = L-a-b-6 mm (Profile 6 D30 for the Roller strut)
l2 = b-28.5 mm (Profile 6 D30 for the stop)

218
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

The shooter is released when the Actuator Roller runs over the
Actuator Ramp.

A Release Unit D30 Actuator Roller operates at least two Bars

at once and can operate more, if necessary. Depending on
the width of the load, a second roller conveyor can be secured
simply by adding an additional Bar.

70 70
0.0.647.08
0.0.658.84 0.0.658.84
0.0.658.18 0.0.692.07 0.0.692.07
0.0.647.10 0.0.642.47
0.0.690.95

0.0.616.46
35
35

0.0.658.88 0.0.658.97 0.0.658.88 0.0.658.97

The Release Unit can perform the same function even on

protruding roller conveyors.

Note:
0.0.616.46 Profile 6 D30 (0.0.616.46) or Profile 6 30x30
(0.0.419.06) must be used to fasten the Bar and
the Actuator Ramp.

219
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

75. &4%
5 3 Release Unit D30 Bar T1
Release Unit D30 Bar 70/45, St, bright zinc-plated

45
2 bush liners, St, bright zinc-plated

°
130 2 spacer plates, St, bright zinc-plated

40
70 2 Adapters 6 30x30/D30, die-cast Al, natural
⌀ ⌀ 2 washers DIN 440-M6, St, bright zinc-plated
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x22, St, bright zinc-plated

25
2 T-Slot Nuts 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
15

⌀ m = 282.0 g

10
1 set 0.0.658.84

20
40 20

&4%
Release Unit D30 Bar T2
28 Preassembled
⌀ ⌀ Release Unit D30 Bar 70/45, St, bright zinc-plated
4 Caps D30/D6, St, stainless
2 sleeves D8/D6, Al
⌀ 2 deep groove ball bearings 628, St
4 axial needle cages AXK1226, St
4 axial thrust washers AS1226, St
⌀ m = 260.5 g
1 pce. 0.0.692.07

30 &4%
2 Fastening Set 6 15mm with Countersunk Screw M6
Spacer plate, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
4 Countersunk Screw DIN 7991-M6x25, St, bright zinc-plated
⌀6.2 m = 24.0 g
1 set 0.0.697.38

30 &4%
Fastening Set 6 D30 15mm with Countersunk Screw M6
19.4
6 Adapter D30/R15-2, die-cast Al, natural
T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
Countersunk Screw DIN 7991-M6x25, St, bright zinc-plated
⌀5.3 m = 17.0 g
4 2
1 set 0.0.697.37
⌀6.4

30 Release Unit D30 Actuator Ramp 120-38

&4%

Ramp, St, bright zinc-plated

2 Adapters 6 30x30/D30, die-cast Al, natural
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x16, St, bright zinc-plated
45° 2 T-Slot Nuts 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 165.0 g
120 30 1 set 0.0.658.88

23 Release Unit D30 Actuator Ramp 120-61

&4%

30
Ramp, St, bright zinc-plated
Profile 6 60x30 2N light 23 mm, Al, anodized
2 Adapters 6 30x30/D30, die-cast Al, natural
2 Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screws DIN 912 M6x40, St, bright zinc-plated
45
°
2 T-Slot Nuts 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 212.0 g
120 30 1 set 0.0.659.55

220
 LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

25 Release Unit D30 Actuator Roller D40-60 side contact

25 Roller D40, ball-bearing mounted
Profile 6 D30 4N, Al, anodized
Spacer plate, St, bright zinc-plated
Adapter 6 30x30/D30, die-cast Al, natural
⌀40 Washer DIN 125-6.4, St, bright zinc-plated
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M6x60, St, bright zinc-plated
T-Slot Nut 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 113.0 g
1 set 0.0.658.97

Release Unit D30 Spring-loaded Reset Device

115
Fastener D30, die-cast Al, natural
Tube End Cap D30, NBR Sh 60A
Extension Spring 1.25x12.7x121, St, stainless
2 Caps 6 D30, PA-GF
2 Button-Head Screws ISO 7380 M6x30, St, bright zinc-plated
2 T-Slot Nuts 6 St M6, St, bright zinc-plated
0.0.616.46 m = 208.0 g
1 set 0.0.660.46

221
LOW-COST AUTOMATION – THE MECHANICAL SOLUTION

Roller D39.5-25
■■ Reliable guidance for moving assemblies
■■ Robust and durable thanks to ball bearings

It keeps everything on track! Robust Roller D39.5-25 features

a ball bearing and is designed to run on aluminium profiles to
provide sound guidance for moving components. It is ideal for
building Karakuri/LCA.
Using the accessories in the scope of supply, Roller D39.5-25
can be fitted to a Profile 6 D30, either via the end face (M6
thread) or via the groove (using a T-Slot Nut). Alternatively, it
can be secured in place using an item Multiblock D30.

Note:
During installation, always use both the supplied washers
to ensure the Roller runs smoothly.

25
Roller D39.5-25
Roller D39.5-25
2 deep groove ball bearings, sealed
Ø39.5

Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6x33, St, bright zinc-plated
2 washers DIN 125-6.4, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 49.0 g
1 set 0.0.673.55

222
 LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Lean work bench design

Customised work benches made easy! The Lean Produc- Meanwhile, item labelling solutions keep everything clearly
tion Building Kit System offers everything needed to design organised by helping mark out storage areas and display
custom tables or integrate table tops into frames. Profile important notices where they can be easily seen. Replace-
Tubes D30 can be used to construct lean work benches able cards can be used for labelling purposes thanks
that are tailored precisely to the working process. Frames to transparent holders that can be mounted directly on
can be fitted with feet and utilised in a stationery capacity, profiles or suspended underneath them.
or equipped with castors to make them mobile. Whichever Lean work benches can also be fitted out with useful acces-
option you choose, Threaded Inserts make it easy to create sories such as monitors. All the necessary cables can be
a secure fixing. laid in next to no time when using Cable Guide Profile D30,
To ensure work can be completed efficiently, tools and which simply clips onto a Profile Tube D30 with no need for
working materials need to be in easy reach. The compre- drilling. Cables and lines can be routed safely and cleanly
hensive Hook and Holder System offers solutions for every through two separate conduits.
need and every tool, whether screwdrivers, pliers or even Note: Table-Top Fastening Sets and other fastening
cloths. Combining Parts Containers and Grab Containers elements for attachments can be found in the section on
with tiltable Container Profile D30 produces an especially fastening elements.
ergonomic arrangement.

223
LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Products in this section

Container Profile D30 End Caps D30 H43 Hook and Holder Adapter Monitor Mounting Joint Cable Guide Profile D30
◾ For semi-open fronted ◾ Raised end piece D30 D30 VESA 75-100 ◾ Two conduits for cables
boxes with mounting lugs ◾ Keep hanging parts in ◾ For fastening parts from ◾ Two pivotable axes ◾ Installs in seconds
◾ Includes Line 8 groove as place during transport the comprehensive hook ◾ For flatscreen monitors ◾ Creating outlets is easy
a universal fastening for ◾ Thick-walled, safe holder and holder range of the with a VESA mounting
accessories item Work Bench System

225 227 228 230 231

Universal Holder D30 Label Profile D30 e ESD Fastening Profile D30 Label Hanger D30 Display Hanger H57
◾ Fit cables and lines in no ◾ Clear labelling for storage 0-20° e ESD ◾ Suspends Label Backplates 31.2x1.5-93 ESD
time areas ◾ Enables clear labelling at under the profile ◾ Holder profile for E-Paper
◾ Bracket for cable ties ◾ For 30 mm-tall labels various angles ◾ For labels up to 2000 mm Displays
◾ Holds without any drilling ◾ ESD-safe ◾ ESD-safe wide ◾ Designed to suit many
models from SoluM
◾ ESD-safe design

232 233 233 234 236

Label Holder D30

◾ Transparent holder for
labels
◾ Two variants: Labels mount-
ed directly on the tube or in
a pocket underneath it

237

224
 LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Container Profile D30

■ For semi-open fronted boxes with mounting lugs
■ Ergonomic removal with two angles
■ Includes Line 8 groove as a universal fastening for accessories

 &4%

Helping you keep all your small parts in reach! The versatile
Container Profile D30 is used to organise semi-open fronted
boxes with mounting lugs. Thanks to two different edge
thicknesses, a Line 8 groove and the option of mounting it in
two different angles, Container Profile D30 is well prepared for
all purposes and systems.
In manual production, screws, nuts and other small parts
are stored in semi-open fronted boxes from a wide range of
suppliers. Using their mounting lugs, these containers can
simply be hung on the Container Profile and then removed
again as necessary. The aluminium edges ensure a secure
hold. Containers of C-parts can thus be moved around securely
in transport trolleys. 39
To ensure small parts can be picked ergonomically, Container
Profile D30 can be installed at a 90° angle or with a 15°
incline. The profile is connected at the rear, e.g. using a Trans-
verse Fastener D30.
The groove on the front is best used for accommodating item
Parts Containers, Grab Containers and other accessories.
Cap Set, Container Profile D30 seals off the end face of the
profile cleanly and safely. 0.0.669.40

To allow users to hang semi-open fronted boxes with mounting 48

lugs along the top, Container Profile D30 has two different 15°
edges. One is 1 mm thick and the other is 2.5 mm thick. When a
installing the profile, it is important to ensure the right edge for
the container system you are using is at the top.
20

0.0.629.94 0.0.677.80

39
a 1 b 2.5 b
15

0.0.629.94 0.0.677.80

225
LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

19.5 Container Profile D30

&4% 

1
Al, anodized

12
A [cm2] m [kg/m] Ix [cm4] Iy [cm4] It [cm4] Wx [cm3] Wy [cm3]
3.78 1.02 7.57 1.33 0.43 2.44 1.16

60
8
natural, cut-off max. 3000 mm 0.0.677.80
natural, 1 pce., length 3000 mm 0.0.676.58
2.5

3 Cap Set, Container Profile D30

2 Caps, Container Profile D30, PA-GF
4 Countersunk Screws self-tapping 3.9x19, TX20, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 11.0 g
61 grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 set 0.0.681.30
21.2


105 Grab Container 8 105x130
5
136. PA-GF
m = 71.0 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.664.35
blue similar to RAL 5017, 1 pce. 0.0.669.43
41

87
yellow, similar to RAL 1023, 1 pce. 0.0.669.41
green similar to RAL 6024, 1 pce. 0.0.669.42
red similar to RAL 3020, 1 pce. 0.0.669.40
&4% 
Grab Container 8 105x130 ESD
PA-GF
m = 68.0 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.664.40

226
 End Caps D30 H43
■ Raised end piece
■ Keeps hanging parts in place during transport
■ Thick-walled, safe holder

&4%

Making sure everything stays in place! End Cap D30 H43 is a End Cap D30 H43 ESD
raised end piece for (Profile) Tubes. It ensures that cables or (0.0.700.05) is available for
rubber door seals that have been draped over a profile won’t ESD-safe transport trolleys
slide off the end. The thick-walled design with rounded edges and racks.
ensures products aren’t damaged when removed. This product
can turn any cylindrical D30 aluminium profile into a large
hook.
The End Cap is simply screwed onto the end face of a Tube
D30 or Profile Tube D30 using the preassembled claw fixing.
This produces a torsion-resistant connection without the
need for any additional steps. The claw of the fixing can also
be removed so the End Cap can be screwed to an M6 thread
in Profile Tube D30 heavy duty or Profile 6 D30. This also
removes the anti-torsion feature.
0.0.628.56

0.0.628.28
0.0.700.04
0.0.700.05 ESD 0.0.675.16
0.0.628.56

0.0.628.28
0.0.641.00
0.0.640.99 ESD
0.0.683.34
0.0.700.04
0.0.700.05 ESD 0.0.696.61 0.0.642.34

0.0.616.46
M6x16

End Cap D30 H43

Preassembled
End Cap D30 H43, PA-GF
78

Internal fastener D30 claw

Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M6x22, St, bright zinc-plated
5 Washer, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 47.8 g
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.700.04
40 5
22.
&4%
End Cap D30 H43 ESD
Preassembled
End Cap D30 H43, PA-ESD
Internal fastener D30 claw
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912 M6x22, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 48.3 g
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce. 0.0.700.05

227
LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Hook and Holder Adapter D30

■ Easy, rapid access to tools
■ For fastening the Hook and Holder System to (profile) tubes

Multifunctional and award-winning design: The item Hook and

Holder System is renowned for its combination of form and
function. The holder components help you organise tools and
working materials with the greatest of ease. Everything can be
arranged clearly and to suit your specific requirements.
Hook and Holder Adapter D30 is fastened to a Profile Tube
D30 without the need for any machining. To fasten it to a Tube
D30, the retaining plates of the Adapter need to be removed. It
can then be fixed in place using two self-tapping Button-Head
Screws. The required hook or holder is then screwed to the
Adapter using its own screw.

0.0.628.28 0.0.628.56
0.0.628.28

0.0.644.99

Hook and Holder Adapter D30 is fixed to Profile Tubes D30 When connecting to vertical struts, the The adapter can also be fastened to Tube
without the need for any machining. The retaining plates utilise removable anti-torsion feature in the plastic D30. Self-tapping screws (0.0.644.99) are
the flank geometry and hold the Adapter securely. block of the Hook and Holder Adapter must used in this case. The retaining plates must be
Recommended tightening torque for fastening screw: be removed. removed from the adapter.
T = 5 Nm

Note:
All hooks and holders can be found in the
Comprehensive Catalogue for the ergonomic
item Work Bench System or online at:
item24.de/en/tool-handling

2.5 Hook and Holder Adapter D30

□3
Adapter D30, PA-GF
2 plates, St, bright zinc-plated
Square nut DIN 562-M6-04, St, bright zinc-plated
0 m = 26.0 g
∅3
14 18 black, 1 set 0.0.645.27
grey, 1 set 0.0.644.57

Button-Head Screw, self-tapping St 3.9x25, TX20

25

St, bright zinc-plated

3.9 m = 1.9 g
1 pce. 0.0.644.99

228
 LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

The following applies to all the products below:

Wire, St, stainless
Wire mount, PA-GF
Hexagon Socket Head Cap Screw DIN 912-M6x20, St, bright zinc-plated
Washer DIN 433-6.4, St, bright zinc-plated
Automatic T-Slot Nut V 8 St M6, stainless

48

Hook 8 40x20
m = 48.0 g
12 black, 1 set 0.0.624.30
grey, 1 set 0.0.634.74
15
20


Hook 8 80x20
110
m = 61.0 g
black, 1 set 0.0.624.29
24 grey, 1 set 0.0.634.83
75
21

58 Cloth Holder 8


m = 58.0 g
black, 1 set 0.0.624.27
48 grey, 1 set 0.0.634.81
54

229
LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Monitor Mounting Joint D30 VESA 75-100

■ Two pivotable axes
■ For flatscreen monitors with a VESA mounting
■ Connects directly to the Profile Tube D30

The best hold for the best view! Monitor Mounting Joint D30 100
VESA 75-100 is used to secure flatscreen monitors directly to
Profile Tubes D30. As a result, displays can be used on racks
and work benches.
To make displays easier to read, the joint can be pivoted in two
directions, meaning the monitor can be pivoted and tipped.

38
The integrated adapter corresponds to the VESA 75 and 100
standards. 60

Monitor Mounting Joint D30 VESA 75-100

features two independent joints. As a result, it
can be used to pivot the screen to the side and
tip it to find the right viewing angle.

Mmax = 4.8 Nm

Monitor Mounting Joint D30 VESA 75-100

Monitor Adapter 8 pivotable, VESA-plate, black
2 Multiblock clamp halves, GD-Al
Fastening materials
m = 289.0 g
1 set 0.0.671.22
113

10.6

75
100

230
 LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Cable Guide Profile D30

■ Two conduits for cables
■ Installs in seconds
■ Outlets are easy to form

Laying cables and hoses really can be a quick and easy job!
Cable Guide Profile D30 clips onto Profile Tube D30 with no
need for drilling.
Cables and lines can be routed neatly through two separate
conduits. To route the cables back out, simply break through
the top of the profile. The two flexible lid sections give at any
point to provide an opening, but still envelop the cable to keep
dust and dirt out of the conduit. The profile can also be opened
up along its entire length.
Cables can even be laid around corners by pushing Cable
Guide Profiles up against each other. To do this, the clip
geometry on the underside simply has to be cut off with pliers
so that the conduit can fit over the Fastener D30.

10
>45 0.0.664.72
14.3
19.5
35

A section has to be cut away from the underside of the Cable

Guide Profile so that it can fit perfectly over the contours of
Fastener D30. This cutaway section must be at least 45 mm
long and must be made at a height of between 14.3 and
19.5 mm.

30
14.3

Cable Guide Profile D30

PVC
Ø10

m = 340.0 g/m
grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.664.72

231
LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Universal Holder D30

■ For fixing cables
■ Simply clips into place

A small clip with a big effect! Universal Holder D30 is the

fastest way to secure cables and lines neatly to a Profile Tube.
Simply clip it into place and it holds firm – no drilling neces-
sary. Its openings provide a secure anchor point for cable ties
up to 5 mm in width.

20

20 Universal Holder D30

9.6

PA
6 m = 1.0 g
6 grey similar to RAL 7042, 1 pce. 0.0.671.98

232
 Label Profile D30 e ESD
Fastening Profile D30 0-20° e ESD
■ Clear labelling for storage areas
■ Installation at various angles
■ ESD-safe

&4%

Always know where things are! Fastening Profile D30 0-20° e

ESD and Label Profile D30 e ESD help you maintain an over-
view during even the trickiest installation scenarios. The Label
Profile can either be clipped directly to the flank of a Profile
Tube D30 or can be installed on the Fastening Profile.
The geometry of the Fastening Profile allows you to fit labels
angled at 0° or 20° up or down. This ensures labels are always
clearly legible for compartments situated above and below the
label, as well as on Profile Tubes that are twisted. Furthermore,
a continuous Label Profile can be fastened along the entire
length of a cross profile, even if the roller conveyor fastening
brackets of a FIFO rack take up some sections. To achieve this,
the Fastening Profile is fitted in sections.
The asymmetrical design of the strip ensures that neither the
holder nor the label protrude over the top edge of the profile,
⌀30

which would put them at risk of being torn off. Labels can be
34

30 mm high and can be easily slotted into place from above

6.5
9

14

thanks to a wide opening angle. Even if Label Profile D30 e 5 24.5

ESD is inverted 180°, the label will not drop out. 18

&4%
Label Profile D30 e ESD
ABS-ESD
m = 69.0 g/m
30

34
24

transparent, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.691.83

4.5
9

&4%
Fastening Profile D30 0-20° e ESD
30 PP-ESD
22

m = 102.0 g/m
black similar to RAL 9005, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.691.79
17

233
LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Label Hanger D30

Label Hanger Clip D30
■ Space-saving fastening
■ Simple to fit
■ Easy to move

Order and speed with minimal space requirements: Label

Hangers D30 are fastened in place using Label Hanger Clip
D30 and hang down under the (profile) tube. This leaves
the profile itself free for other uses. The label can easily be
used elsewhere if storage locations are changed around, for
example.
The practical Label Hanger is available in two widths. Both
variants protect cards or strips of paper safely with tough PVC.
The transparent hangers are open along the top edge, thereby
ensuring labels can be inserted with ease.
Label Hanger D30-100 is 102 mm wide and can be secured to
a Clip using the pre-perforated slots. Modular dimension of
Label Hanger Profile H42 can be used to mount labels in any 19 15 9.5 Label Hanger Profile H42,
length up to 2000 mm. which can be cut to size.

5
8.5

Depending on length and the stress on the hanger, one or more

Label Hanger Clips D30 can be used. The reusable fixing is
simply clipped on and holds firm with no need for a screw fixing.
59.5

The Display Hanger and Display Hanger Profile H57 31.2x1.5

ESD are suspended from frames using Label Hanger Clip D30
T2. Label Hanger Clip D30 T2 features a rounded upper half
that does not have the top insertion tab found on Label Hanger
Clip D30. When working with racks, this makes it easier to pull
containers out over the profile.
Clip T2 can also be used to fasten in place Label Hanger
Profile H42 (0.0.654.91) for label cards.

Label Hanger D30-100

102 Label Hanger Profile H42, 100 mm, PVC, transparent
Label Hanger Clip D30, St, bright zinc-plated
m = 21.0 g
1 set 0.0.654.92

234
 LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Label Hanger Profile H42

0 PVC
200 m = 116.5 g/m
transparent, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.654.91

&4%
14 33 Label Hanger Clip D30
St, bright zinc-plated
m = 9.0 g
43
28

Ø30 1 pce. 0.0.654.93

33 &4%
14 Label Hanger Clip D30 T2
St, bright zinc-plated
43

m = 8.0 g
Ø30
28

1 pce. 0.0.704.54

235
LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Display Hanger H57 31.2x1.5-93 ESD

Display Hanger Profile H57 31.2x1.5 ESD
■ Holder profile for E-Paper Displays
■ Designed to suit many models from SoluM
■ ESD-safe design

&4%

The Display Hanger and Display Hanger Profile H57 31.2x1.5

ESD are suspended from frames using Label Hanger Clip D30
T2. Label Hanger Clip D30 T2 features a rounded upper half
that does not have the top insertion tab found on Label Hanger
Clip D30. When working with racks, this makes it easier to pull
containers out over the profile.
Clip T2 can also be used to fasten in place Label Hanger
Profile H42 (0.0.654.91) for label cards.

Organisation made simple! Display Hanger Profile H57

31.2x1.5 ESD is a practical mounting system for electronic
shelf labels. These battery-operated displays are digital label-
ling solutions for use in warehouses. They support interactive
barcode and price displays, consume very little power and can
have their labels changed via radio or WLAN.
The Display Hanger Profile can be cut to custom lengths.
Display Hanger H57 31.2x1.5-93 ESD has been designed for
the dimensions of the 93 mm E-Paper system from SoluM. The
rectangular housing of the E-Paper clips into the hanger, which
means it can then be easily and securely fastened to tube
constructions.

&4%
Display Hanger H57 31.2x1.5-93 ESD
93
Display Hanger Profile H57 31.2x1.5 ESD
Label Hanger Clip D30 T2
m = 21.0 g
1 set 0.0.701.74

15 Display Hanger Profile H57 31.2x1.5 ESD

&4%

PP-ESD
m = 112.0 g/m
black, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.698.94
57
31.2

236
 LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Label Holders D30

■ Simply stick on
■ Minimum space requirements
■ Available in two variants

Clear markings keep everyone on track. Legible and fixed

labels reduce error rates and increase efficiency.
The Label Holders enable users to attach labels to Profiles
and Tubes D30 by keeping labelling cards securely encased in
transparent film.
Two versions are available – one for attaching labels directly
to the (Profile) Tube D30 and one for suspending labels below,
in a flexible transparent pocket (“flex” version). Both are perma-
nently glued to the profile.
Label Holders D30 are available ready-cut or as a profile that
can be cut to size as required.
h

100

Recommended size of label cards:

Label Holder D30: h = 28 mm
Label Holder D30 flex: h = 42 mm

Label Holder D30-100

102 PVC
Self-adhesive
m = 7.0 g
transparent, 1 pce., length 100 mm 0.0.644.69

Label Holder D30

0
200 PVC
Self-adhesive
m = 66.5 g/m
transparent, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.643.97

237
LEAN WORK BENCH DESIGN

Label Holder D30-100 flex

102 PVC
Self-adhesive
m = 13.0 g
transparent, 1 pce., length 100 mm 0.0.644.71

Label Holder D30 flex

0
200 PVC
Self-adhesive
m = 128.0 g/m
transparent, 1 pce., length 2000 mm 0.0.643.98

238
 TECHNICAL DATA

Technical data

239
TECHNICAL DATA

Profiles and accessories

All the loading values stated in this catalogue incorporate safety Note: All loading values apply to static loads. Where dynamic
factors to protect against slipping and material failure. A safety loads are involved, the maximum values should be viewed as
factor of >2 is always applied. This means that users can make full comparative values.
use of the permissible values.

Extruded Profile Surface

Symbol Al Mg Si 0.5 F 25 The aluminium profiles are natural (C0) anodized and are
Material number 3.3206.72 therefore permanently resistant to scratching and corrosion.
Status: artificially aged The surface features a matt finish (E6), is treated with anodic
Mechanical values (apply only in pressing direction) oxidation and is compressed. Minimum layer thickness
Tensile strength Rm min. 245 N/mm2 10 μm, layer hardness 250–350 HV. The all-round hard
Yield point Rp0.2 min. 195 N/mm2 anodized surface covering makes saw cuts virtually burr-free,
Density 2.7 kg/dm3 thereby eliminating the need for remachining.
Ductile yield A5 min.10 %
Ductile yield A10 min. 8 %
Linear coefficient
of expansion 23.6x10-6 1/K
Modulus of elasticity E approx. 70000 N/mm2
Modulus of rigidity G approx. 25000 N/mm2
Hardness approx. 75 HB-2.5/187.5
Tolerances
Deformations such as straightness and flatness tolerance to
DIN EN 12020 Part 2.
Profiles not cut to size may be up to 100 mm longer than
specified, due to manufacturing methods.

Profile Tube D30 Profile Tube D30 heavy duty

15.8
1.5

mi

mi
n.

n.
5.6

5.6
2.5

2.5
30

30
2
21

Profile Tube D30-45° heavy duty Profile Tube 8 D30

Ø15.8 30
mi

mi
n.

n.
5.6
2.5

5.6
2.5
12.25
Ø30

8
2

240
 TECHNICAL DATA

Profile Tube D40/D30

2

14
2.8
.2
Ø40

1.7
1
Ø3

Profile 6 D30 Profile 6 D30 4NO

max. M6 max. M6
Ø5 5
6.2

30

6.4
Ø3
0

9.75 10.2

Tube D30 Tube D30x1.8 KU Tube KH D30x11.6

1.5

1.8
Ø30

30
6.8
Ø26.4
Ø30

Ø26

Tensile loading

Fmax = 3500 N Fmax = 1500 N

241
TECHNICAL DATA

Roller conveyors

Roller Conveyor St D30 Roller Conveyor St D30 with Roller Conveyor St D30 with Roller Conveyor St D30/2
Flanged Wheel Steel Tyres
24
24
24 21 24
11
9
Ø28

Ø30

Ø28
35

36
25.8

25.8

35
Ø40

Ø28

25.8
35
25.8

35.3 35.3
35.3
35.3

Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15

46
Ø15
28.3
24

60

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 D11
with Flanged Wheel D30/2
23
23
23 19.5 10.3 23
8.5

Ø11
Ø30

Ø30
Ø30
Ø44
49.5

49.5
49.5
49.5

40 40
40
40

Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30

63
Ø30
49.5
40

80

242
 TECHNICAL DATA

Roller Conveyor 8 D30 Roller Conveyor 8 D30 with

Flanged Wheel
23
23 19.5
8.5
Ø30

Ø44

Ø30
49.5

49.5
40
40

243
TECHNICAL DATA

Mounting dimensions of Roller Conveyors St and Al, including Fastening Brackets

Roller Conveyor St D30 Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15

a = 17 mm 0.0.642.47 a = 18 mm 0.0.674.02
b = 23 mm b = 24 mm
c = 14 mm c = 7 mm
d = 20.5 mm d = 22.5 mm
a = 18 mm 0.0.647.07 0.0.647.06
b

b = 24 mm
a

c = 13 mm
c

d d = 22 mm

a = 17 mm 0.0.642.46
b = 11 mm
c = 48 mm
a

d = 20.5 mm
b

a = 17 mm 0.0.652.46 a = 17.5 mm 0.0.674.03

c

b = 26 mm b = 25 mm
d c = 63 mm c = 56 mm
d = 20.5 mm d = 22.5 mm

a = 66 mm 0.0.658.17 a = 66 mm 0.0.681.84
e b = 23 mm b = 24 mm
c = 14 mm c = 7 mm
a

d = 20.5 mm d = 22.5 mm
b

e = 13 mm e = 14.5 mm
c

a = 22 mm 0.0.687.62
b = 22 mm
b
a

c = 15 mm
c

d = 33.5 mm
d

a = 71 mm 0.0.687.61
b = 31.5 mm
e c = 5.5 mm
a

d = 34 mm
e = 19 mm
b
c

244
 TECHNICAL DATA

Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 E D30 Roller Conveyor 8 D30

6 6 6 8

a = 17 mm 0.0.660.57 a = 17 mm 0.0.652.48
b = 23 mm b = 23 mm
c = 28.5 mm c = 28.5 mm
d = 18 mm d = 18 mm
a = 18 mm 0.0.660.59 0.0.660.60 a = 17.5 mm 0.0.667.54 a = 18 mm 0.0.652.58 0.0.652.64
b = 23 mm b = 23 mm b = 23 mm
c = 28.5 mm c = 29 mm c = 28.5 mm
d = 22 mm d = 22.5 mm d = 22 mm

a = 18 mm 0.0.667.56 0.0.667.57 a = 18 mm 0.0.667.56 0.0.667.57

b = 23 mm b = 23 mm
c = 29 mm c = 29 mm
d = 22.5 mm d = 22.5 mm

a = 17 mm 0.0.660.58 a = 17.5 mm 0.0.667.55 a = 17 mm 0.0.652.57

b = 26 mm b = 26 mm b = 26 mm
c = 77.5 mm c = 78 mm c = 77.5 mm
d = 20.5 mm d = 22.5 mm d = 20.5 mm

a = 66 mm 0.0.659.19 a = 66 mm 0.0.662.31
b = 23 mm b = 23 mm
c = 28.5 mm c = 28.5 mm
d = 18 mm d = 18 mm
e = 14 mm e = 14 mm

245
TECHNICAL DATA

Helpful complementary elements from the item MB Building Kit System

You can enhance your constructions with components from the MB Building Kit System. Here is a selection of frequently used profiles and parts.

Profile 6 30x30 light Shelf 8 200-600

0.0.419.06 0.0.627.00
Profile 8 40x40 light
0.0.026.33
Profile 8 80x40 light
0.0.026.34
LED Light Fitting 15W 80x32x300
0.0.659.97
T-Slot Nut 6 St M5
0.0.419.43
T-Slot Nut 6 St M6
0.0.419.40
T-Slot Nut 8 St M5 Magnetic Holder 8
0.0.420.05 0.0.627.86
T-Slot Nut 8 St M6
0.0.026.23
T-Slot Nut 8 St M8
0.0.026.18
Tool Holder 8
0.0.474.50
Bracket 6 30 flat
0.0.677.74
Bracket 8 40 flat
0.0.666.35

T-Slot Roller 8 L
0.0.457.60
T-Slot Roller 8 F
0.0.457.51

Castor 6
0.0.419.79
Castor 8
0.0.026.83

Runner 8
0.0.026.13
Runner 8 80x40
0.0.618.97

Further details and products can be found in the Comprehensive

Catalogue for the MB Building Kit System and online at:
item24.de/en/mb

246
 TECHNICAL DATA

Find useful products faster – an overview of popular search entries

Tube Protector D30 Fixing Clip 30 Hook and Holder Adapter D30 228
0.0.654.04 0.0.644.57

Tube End Cap D30 32 Label Hanger D30-100 234

0.0.643.96 0.0.654.92
Label Holder D30-100 flex 238
0.0.644.71

Anti-Torsion Block 6 D30-45° 16 Slide Strip D30 183

0.0.630.40 0.0.634.42

Anti-Torsion Block 6 D30 16

0.0.630.39

Tube Adapter D30 60 Brush Strip D30 T1 185

0.0.630.61 0.0.653.01

Adapter 6 30x30/D30 65 Protective Profile D30 R28-90° 27

0.0.656.32 0.0.667.15

Adapter D30/D28-37 69 Cable Guide Profile D30 231

0.0.638.88 0.0.664.72

Threaded Insert D30 M6 73 Universal Holder D30 232

0.0.641.00 0.0.671.98

Thread. Insert, Prof. Tube heavy duty M12 76

0.0.648.64

Panel-Fixing Profile D30 3-5mm 78 Slide Strip D30 with Side Guide H13 184
0.0.649.29 0.0.671.30

Flange D30-90x90 99 Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket

129
0.0.655.54 Adapter Sleeve D30 ESD
0.0.648.74

Bracket 6 D30 87 Spring Clip D30/30-32 85

0.0.658.26 0.0.660.98

247
 Alphabetical Register

Cap, Profile Tube 8 D30 21

A
Cap, Tube KH D30 25
Adapter 6 30x30/D30 65 Castor Ball Inserts 173
Adapter 8 80 D30 64 Castor D30 161
Adapter 8 D30 63 Castor Inserts D30 169
Adapter D30/D28 68 Castor Rail 8 40x40 168
Adapter D30/D28.6 68 Castor Rail 8 40x40, Brake 170
Adjusting Screw D5/D3-M6x20 213 Castor Rail 8 40x40, Slide Strip ESD 172
Angle Fastener D30 48 Castor Rail 8 Caps 177
Anti-Torsion Blocks 6 D30 16 Castor Rails 6 E 160
Assembly Tool D30/D5.2-30 181 Castors 90
Axles D4 163 Castors D100 swivel with Connecting Plate 120x40 98
B Cloth Holder 8 229
Container Profile D30 225
Back Stop D2.8-25 134
Conveyor Roller TR30, Bearing Flange D26.4/D5 180
Back Stop Insert ESD 171
Conveyor Roller TR30, Bearing Flange D27/D5 180
Back Stops D4-23 154
Cover Profile, Profile Tube D30 31
Ball Joint Butt Fastener D30 50
Ball Joint Fastener 8 D30 50 D
Ball Joint Fastener D30 49 Display Hanger H57 31.2x1.5-93 ESD 236
Ball Joint Transverse Fastener D30 50 Display Hanger Profile H57 31.2x1.5 ESD 236
Bearing Block 8 80x80-50 201 Double Pivot Bearing Unit D30-28.5 M8 199
Bearing Block D30 100 D5-33 180 Double Profile Tube D30-60 19
Bowden Cable D1.5 214 Drawbar Coupling D25-30 191
Bowden Cable Sheathing D5/D1.5 214 Drawbar Coupling D25-74 189
Bracing Strut D30-90° 46 Drawbar D25-610 190
Brackets D30 86 Drawbar Locking Lever 38 189
Braking Castor D30-23 153 Drawbar Stop 32 189
Braking Roller Set D52-95 M6 215 Drawbars D25-686 187
Brush Inserts 173
Brush Strips D30 185 E
Butt Fastener D30-90° R25, internal 59 End Cap D6/D5-12 214
Butt Fasteners D30 51 End Caps D30 H43 227
Button-Head Screw Self-Tapping M5x16, TX25 145 End Connector 8 D30-90° 61
Button-Head Screw, self-tapping St 3.9x16, TX20 127 Extension spring 1.25x12.7x121 210
Button-Head Screw, self-tapping St 3.9x25, TX20 228
F
C Fastener D30 36
Cable Barrel Clamp D7/D2-7 M4 214 Fastener D30 T1 36
Cable End Link D12-34 210 Fastener D30 with Clamp Lever 36
Cable Guide Profile D30 231 Fastener D30, internal 54
Cable Pulley Wheel D42/D6-12 209 Fastener D30, internal, Connector M6-12 57
Cap D30 F 43 Fastener D30-45° 45
Cap D30 R 38 Fastener D30-45°, internal 56
Cap D30 R15 55 Fastening Profile D30 0-20° e ESD 233
Cap Set, Container Profile D30 226 Fastening Profile D30-60 143
Caps 6 D30 23 Fastening Ring D40/D30-10 186
Caps, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty 18 Fastening Set 8 6-8mm with Hexagon Socket Head 189
Caps, Profile Tube D40/D30 20 Cap Screw M8
Caps, Tube D30 24 Fastening Set 8 D30 62

248
Fastening Set 8 for Castor swivel/fixed 140x110 96 Plain Bearing D40/D30-50 ESD with anti-torsion 197
Fastening Set 80 D30 64 feature
Ferrule Crimper D2 214 Plain Bearing Sleeve D30/D20 ESD 198
Ferrule Crimper D3 209 Plain Bearing Sleeve D40/D30 ESD 197
Ferrule D2-7 214 Plain Bearing Sleeve D40/D30 ESD with anti-torsion 197
feature
Ferrule D3-11 209
Profile Tube 8 D30 21
Fixed Castors 90
Profile Tube D30 heavy duty 17
Flange D30 90x90-80 100
Profile Tube D30-45° heavy duty 17
Flange D30-90x90 99
Profile Tube D40/D30 20
G Profile Tubes D30 14
Grab Containers 8 105x130 226 Profiles 6 D30 22
Guide Rail e 4 144 Protective Caps D30-9 28
Guide Rail z Al 136 Protective Caps D30-9 R28-90° 28
Protective Covers R28 for Fastener D30 28
H Protective Profiles D30 R28-90° 27
Handle D30 KH 300 192
R
Holder 8 D80 229
Hook and Holder Adapter D30 228 Railing Fastening Set 5-135° 176
Railing Support 8/5 100x80 176
K Release Units D30 218
Key with T-Handle 5 A/F 38 Retaining Plate, Guide Rail e 136
Ring Bolt D10 M6x45 210
L Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 Al Fastening Brackets D30 149
Label Hanger Clip D30 T2 236 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E D30 Brakes 152
Label Hanger Clips D30 235 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rail Slide Strip 159
Label Hanger D30 234 Roller Conveyor 6 40x40 E Guide Rails 158
Label Hanger Profile H42 235 Roller Conveyor 6 80x40 Fastening Brackets D30 157
Label Holders D30 237 Roller Conveyor 60 Fastening Brackets D30 140
Label Profile D30 e ESD 233 Roller Conveyor 8 D30 167
Latch Bolt Set D9.5-22.5-M8 211 Roller Conveyor Al, Fastening Brackets D30 174
Levelling Knuckle Feet 101 Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 138
Locking Ring D30 196 Roller Conveyor St 60x24 D15 Brake 142
Locking Ring D30 with Clamp Lever 196 Roller Conveyor St 60, End Cap 141
M Roller Conveyor St D30 Brakes 133
Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket 40 128
Manual Trigger D30 213 Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket 40 with 128
Monitor Mounting Joint D30 VESA 75-100 230 Forward Stop H43
Multiblock D30 77 Roller Conveyor St Fastening Bracket Adapter Sleeve 129
D30 ESD
P Roller Conveyor St Fastening Brackets D30 124
Panel Fastener D30 80 Roller Conveyor St Fastening Brackets D30 with Stop 126
Panel-Fixing Profiles D30 78 Roller Conveyor St Guide Rails 135
Panel-Fixing Strips D30 78 Roller Conveyor St, Assembly Pliers 137
Parallel Clamp D30-80 44 Roller Conveyor St, Butt Fastener 132
Parallel Fastener D30 42 Roller Conveyor St, End Cap 125
Parallel Fastener D30-60 42 Roller Conveyor St, Supports D30 130
Parallel Fastener D30-60 with Clamp Lever 42 Roller Conveyor Support 30-50 131
Pivot Bearing Set D30-28.5 M8 199 Roller Conveyors 6 40x40 E D30 146
Plain Bearing D40/D30-50 ESD 196 Roller Conveyors 6 80x40 E D30 155

249
 Roller Conveyors St D30 122 Tube D30x1.8 KU 181
Roller Conveyors St D30/2 123 Tube End Caps D30 32
Roller D30/D6-16 ESD 204 Tube Holder D30 66
Roller D30/D6-16 T1 ESD 204 Tube KH D30x11.6 25
Roller D39.5-25 222 Tube Protector D30 Fixing Clip 30
Roller D46/D30-20 186 Tube Protector D30x13 30
Roller Inserts 4xD11 170
U
Roller Set 8 D30-30 ESD 203
Roller Set 8 D30-30 T1 ESD 204 Universal Holder D30 232
Roller Tracks 100 D4 164 W
Rollers D11 161
Warning and Protective Profile D30 R28-90° 27
Rotary Latch System D9.5-120x30 211
Weight 0.5kg D100/D31-13 207
Rotational Damper Sets 8Nm 4kt10 201
Weight 1.25kg D128/D31-20.5 207
S Wire Cable Clamp D2 M3x8 214
Shock Absorber D30-110 15, adjustable 205 Wire Cable Clamp D3 M4x10 210
Slide Link D30 182
Slide Strip 48x2, plain 159
Slide Strip Wedge Insert ESD 172
Slide Strips D30 183
Spacer Bushing D17/D6-12 204
Spacer Bushings D17 210
Spring Clip D30/30-32 85
Steel Cable D3 sheathed 209
Swivel Castors 90
Swivel Locks for Swivel Castors 140x110 97
Synthetic Fibre Cable D3 209

T
Table-Top Fastening Bracket D30 83
Table-Top Fastening Set D30 82
Table-Top Side Fastening Bracket D30 84
Telescope Clamp D40/D30 198
Thimble D12/D3 209
Thimble D7/D2 214
Threaded Inserts D30 72
Threaded Inserts, Profile Tube D30 heavy duty 75
Threaded Inserts, Profile Tubes D30 74
Threaded Inserts, Profile Tubes D40 74
Tool Balancer 10-14 kg, Synthetic Fibre Cable 217
Tool Balancer 1-2 kg, Synthetic Fibre Cable 216
Tool Balancer 2-3 kg, Synthetic Fibre Cable 216
Transverse Fastener D30 39
Transverse Fastener D30-60 39
Transverse Fastener D30-70 rotating 41
Tube Adapter Cap D30 60
Tube Adapter D30 60
Tube Clamp D30 81
Tube D30 24
Tube D30x1.5 CFRP 26

250
 The item product catalogues

The item Automation System 3.1 XMS – the item machine cabins 2
Comprehensive Catalogue Comprehensive Catalogue

Work Bench System Automation System Line XMS

Manual production is more Automation perfectly coordi- Complete machine modules help
productive with the ergonomic nated: Linear Units, Motors and you build machine enclosures in
work benches of the item Work Controllers combine to form record time.
Bench System. ready-to-install turnkey systems.

item24.de/en/epaper-wbs item24.de/en/epaper-au item24.de/en/epaper-xm

MB Building Kit System – The Comprehensive Catalogue

The Lean Production Building Kit System 4 MB Building Kit System 9 Stairway/Platform System
The Comprehensive Catalogue Comprehensive Catalogue
Comprehensive Catalogue

Lean Production Building Kit MB Building Kit System Stairway/Platform System

System The MB Building Kit System is The Stairway/Platform System
The Lean Production Building Kit the solution for all design and produces bridges and mainte-
System: The simple way to build construction tasks involving nance platforms in one uniform
what modern lean production mechanical and factory look.
needs. equipment engineering.

item24.de/en/epaper-lp item24.de/en/epaper-mb item24.de/en/epaper-tp

All the information you need at your fingertips

item product catalogues are available online as clearly
laid out and convenient e-papers. Take your pick and
get browsing!

251
 Patents
Any copying of protected products is a violation of these rights and, as such,
shall be liable to compensation. Data and illustrations in this catalogue do not
discharge the users from the obligation to carry out their own checks to deter-
mine whether the industrial property rights of third parties are infringed.
Product liability
item shall be liable, within the framework of the applicable legal provisions,
for the promised characteristics of the products shown in this catalogue. Any
claims for liability above and beyond such – in particular relating to products
created by third parties using products included in this catalogue – are express-
ly excluded.
Conditions of use
The products in the item building kit systems are suitable for use in dry
conditions and over the temperature range -20 °C to +70 °C, unless otherwise
indicated. item must be consulted where products are to be used for applica-
tions outside these limits.
Conformity with Directive 2011/65/EU (“RoHS”)
item has made a voluntary undertaking to refrain from using hazardous subs-
tances as defined in Directive 2011/65/EU in the products it sells, irrespective
of their subsequent purpose which, in the majority of cases, does not fall under
this Directive.

Concept, design and realisation

item Industrietechnik GmbH
Photographs
item Industrietechnik GmbH

Technical modifications and errors reserved.

All rights reserved. Use of texts and illustrations or reprints of any kind only
permitted with prior written consent from item. This applies in particular to
Always there for you. reproduction, translation or use in electronic systems.
Always up to date: Our website at item24.com offers further  and the item claim are a registered trademark of item Industrietechnik
information on all the products and technologies that item GmbH.
supplies. © item Industrietechnik GmbH 2021
 © item Industrietechnik GmbH Made in Germany
09/2021

Your distribution and service partner

Your ideas are worth it.®

item Industrietechnik GmbH
Friedenstrasse 107-109
42699 Solingen
Germany
Telephone +49 212 6580 0
Fax +49 212 6580 310
[email protected]
item24.com